7.6
|
1872 | 1 issues |
7.6
|
1872 #1
Jul 9, 2015 |
Duggan's script possesses many of the requisite Western tropes"the solo lawman, the self serving mayor, the more-than-he-seems-drunkard"and populates it with a number of Marvel standouts. It's familiar with a capital F, but it's also well executed and engaging. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.5
|
4001 A.D. One Shot | 1 issues |
7.5
|
4001 A.D.: Warmother #1
Aug 4, 2016 |
Whether or not there's more to the character beyond her seeming one-off usage, artist Tomas Giorello does well in putting her to use. His strong sense of movement, particularly when combined with Brian Reber's vibrant backdrops, establishes Ana as a tactile and formidable combatant, and one we hope to see more of in the future, hers and ours. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.1
|
A&A: The Adventures of Archer and Armstrong | 7 issues |
8.5
|
A&A: The Adventures of Archer and Armstrong #1
Mar 17, 2016 |
It's a wonderfully absurd start that only gets better the more players that get involved, and Roberts shows a keen understanding of the unique camaraderie and depth the often at-odds companions share. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.2
|
A&A: The Adventures of Archer and Armstrong #2
Apr 14, 2016 |
The success of A&A: The Adventures of Archer and Armstrong's first issue was in large part due to the surprising lunacy of its premise. With the narrative cat out of the bag (or in the bag, as the case may be), issue #2 sees somewhat of a dip in terms of overall engagement. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
A&A: The Adventures of Archer and Armstrong #4
Jun 16, 2016 |
Giant drunken gods, jealous frat-bros, perpetually un-rushed baristas " A & A's first arc concludes in the same bananas fashion in which it began, Rafer Roberts and David Lafuente again delivering their own brand of methodical madness. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.4
|
A&A: The Adventures of Archer and Armstrong #6
Aug 11, 2016 |
Archer and Armstrong has been a crowd-pleaser from the start, but Rafer Roberts looks to be creating something special as we enter the book's second arc. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.4
|
A&A: The Adventures of Archer and Armstrong #7
Sep 8, 2016 |
Clown cars, Armstrong clones, a talking bear - it's no surprise that the circus proves a perfect fit for Archer and Armstrong's irreverent brand. Perhaps the most impressive aspect of Rafer Roberts' script (beyond, you know, the talking bear) is how well he balances the series' obvious absurdity with well-plotted progression. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
A&A: The Adventures of Archer and Armstrong #9
Nov 10, 2016 |
As far as bumbling buddy comedies go, A&A continues to be one of the best. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.9
|
A&A: The Adventures of Archer and Armstrong #11
Jan 5, 2017 |
It's that assured tone that prevents the book from ever falling into try-hard territory, making for a reliable constant month in and month out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.7
|
A-Force | 2 issues |
8
|
A-Force #2
Jul 2, 2015 |
The first issue of A-Force provided a fine mix of boisterous action and engaging character work, all of which effectively tied into the larger Battleworld picture. Issue #2 offers much of the same, C. Willow Wilson and Marguerite Bennett both focusing the direction of the main narrative as they expand their characters place within it. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.3
|
A-Force #3
Aug 13, 2015 |
There's still a lot of potential here, we just need a bit more event book freedom to see it realized. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.5
|
A-Force (2016) | 6 issues |
7
|
A-Force (2016) #1
Jan 6, 2016 |
A-Force had one of the tougher transitions to make from its Secret Wars beginnings, and that difficulty shows in this first issue. G. Willow Wilson has a clear handle on her cast, but by making Singularity the narrative glue, the rest of the read doesn't have a whole lot of room to breathe. The art by Jorge Molina and Laura Martin does its part, but we're definitely hoping for a more pronounced return to form come next issue. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
A-Force (2016) #2
Feb 4, 2016 |
When combined with another round of action packed visuals and pitch perfect humor, you get an issue much closer to the original series' spirit. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.5
|
A-Force (2016) #3
Mar 3, 2016 |
Bucking the usual slow roll-out most super team books enjoy, A-Force's latest is again a high energy affair. Where last issue saw Kelly Thompson and G. Willow Wilson provide a welcome jump in character development and explored relationship dynamics, issue #3 offers a more action oriented focus. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.8
|
A-Force (2016) #4
Apr 14, 2016 |
With the roster firmly entrenched and an old name made new again, A-Force appears prepped to put your pull-list on notice. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.3
|
A-Force (2016) #6
Jun 2, 2016 |
When it comes to A-Force, the team's chemistry goes hand in hand with its success. Case in point " issue #6 is a solid, if unspectacular affair, with a familiar villain and a by the numbers plot. What makes the issue click is its fantastic characterization, writer Kelly Thompson continuing to build off of the great chemistry generated in the book's first arc. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
A-Force (2016) #8
Aug 11, 2016 |
Paulo Siqueira makes his mark as the new series artist, but ultimately this tie-in isn't quite possessing of the same charisma the series is known for. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.5
|
Afterlife With Archie | 2 issues |
8.5
|
Afterlife With Archie #9
May 26, 2016 |
With its compelling narrative and vibrant palette, Afterlife with Archie's return makes for a frighteningly good read. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.4
|
Afterlife With Archie #10
Sep 1, 2016 |
It may not offer much to the main tale, but it's still very much a worthy aside. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.5
|
Airboy | 1 issues |
8.5
|
Airboy #1
Jun 4, 2015 |
It's hard to say just yet if Airboy is truly great (just how meta is it?), but it's so willfully different that it merits a look. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.4
|
Alien vs. Predator: Fire and Stone | 1 issues |
7.4
|
Alien vs. Predator: Fire and Stone #1
Oct 8, 2014 |
Creators Christopher Sebela and Ariel Olivetti unleash a veritable host of horrors upon their unsuspecting cast, delivering a tense debut that unfortunately suffers from continuity baggage. For a first issue there's an almost crippling amount of unspoken back-story to the narrative, requiring at least a general knowledge of Dark Horse's shared universe or the celluloid monsters within. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.2
|
All-New All-Different Avengers | 2 issues |
7.5
|
All-New All-Different Avengers #1
Nov 12, 2015 |
All-New All-Different Avengers #1 takes the tried and true route to start, and the result is a solid and engaging issue that never quite gets going. Mark Waid shows a clear understanding of his characters and the universe they inhabit, but doesn't give them much to do at the onset. Thus far it's more same-old same-old than all-new all-different, but there's enough here to expect even better yet to come. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.9
|
All-New All-Different Avengers #2
Dec 3, 2015 |
Reading more like an issue #1.5 than a true follow up to the series debut, All-New All-Different Avengers sees Mark Waid finish getting the band back together as he pushes forward with the book's presumed all new, all different direction. That same direction still doesn't feel all that new, but Waid nonetheless delivers a solid dose of enjoyable superhero action. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
All-New Hawkeye | 4 issues |
8.7
|
All-New Hawkeye #1
Mar 4, 2015 |
All New Hawkeye is off to a great start thanks to Lemire and Prez' refreshing take. The two show a clear understanding for who Hawkeye is, utilizing beats of humor and heart to showcase his personality. The plot itself is little more than a Team Hawkguy stomping ground, but as far as debuts go, these guys did it right. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.9
|
All-New Hawkeye #3
May 27, 2015 |
Speaking of great stuff--Prez again knocks his pages out of the park, each page loaded with nuance and personality. The artist shows a deft hand in switching from action to humor and back again--one moment Kate is making mince meat out of a full room of assailants, the next Lucky the dog is wagging his tail like it's going out of style. The only misstep comes courtesy of the book's flashback sequences. Though again visually stunning, they don't tie in quite as well as they have before, their wordless inclusion feeling slightly out of place running at the bottom of each page. The end setup makes up for it in terms of progression, but overall the flashback inclusion reads as distracting this time around. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.8
|
All-New Hawkeye #4
Jul 23, 2015 |
So far the most involving parts of All-New Hawkeye have been those centered on the Barton boys, Clint and Barney. Issue #4 devotes its focus almost entirely to their relationship, Jeff Lemire mostly skirting the present to further flesh out the past. It's a move that mostly works, as we not only see the early evolution of Clint's skill as an archer, but the root of the brothers' strain as well. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.5
|
All-New Hawkeye #5
Sep 17, 2015 |
As two separate stories each Hawkeye yarn is arrow sharp; it's the melding that hasn't quite found the mark. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.4
|
All-New Hawkeye (2015) | 5 issues |
8.3
|
All-New Hawkeye (2015) #1
Nov 12, 2015 |
Team Hawkeye get their second #1 of the year, but luckily the change in numbering doesn't affect the ongoing work of Jeff Lemire and Ramon Perez. If anything, the step back allows for a pointed change in direction, as Lemire really hones in on the expanding rift between Clint and Kate. The result is a surprisingly serious debut, as we see the inevitable fallout and future repercussions play out hand in hand. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.8
|
All-New Hawkeye (2015) #2
Dec 10, 2015 |
Considering that All-New Hawkeye is pretty much a direct continuation of his first crack at the character, its impressive just how new Jeff Lemire's latest run feels. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.9
|
All-New Hawkeye (2015) #4
Feb 10, 2016 |
It's not a bad start to an arc, but it's ultimately not a memorable one either. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
All-New Hawkeye (2015) #5
Mar 24, 2016 |
All-New Hawkeye's three tiered story structure " past, present and future " has been hit or miss thus far, and that same feeling holds true here in issue #5. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
All-New Hawkeye (2015) #6
Apr 21, 2016 |
It's not necessarily a disappointing end, but it's definitely a quiet one. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.3
|
All-New Inhumans | 9 issues |
7.5
|
All-New Inhumans #1
Dec 3, 2015 |
The new breed of Inhumans have mostly failed to make an impact thus far, but All-New Inhumans looks like the book to buck that trend. The strong characterization and global premise provides a welcome hook, as does the inviting art by Caselli and Mossa. New readers may find the overall navigation a bit muddy, but overall this title does a nice job in distinguishing itself as a worthy Inhumans solo. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.5
|
All-New Inhumans #2
Dec 17, 2015 |
All-New Inhumans may lack the overall star power of its Uncanny cousin, but when it comes to story its sure putting up a good fight. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
All-New Inhumans #3
Jan 28, 2016 |
All-New Inhumans is an ambitious title. James Asmus and Charles Soule have (mostly) ignored the usual action heavy instances first arcs like these are usually known for, instead choosing to focus mainly on the personal and political ramifications the Inhumans' mission creates. Issue #3 offers much of the same, and then some, the writers again working hard at fleshing out their expanding cast even as they navigate the book's underlying conflict. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.2
|
All-New Inhumans #4
Feb 25, 2016 |
While still finding its footing on a narrative level, All-New Inhuman' strong team element and great art teases a book on the rise. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.3
|
All-New Inhumans #5
Mar 17, 2016 |
James Asmus takes over sole scripting duties with All-New Inhumans' latest arc, and it's not long before his comedic impact is felt. Whereas the first arc felt a bit bogged down by drawn out politics and needless asides, issue #5 is noticeably lighter in tone. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.4
|
All-New Inhumans #6
Apr 14, 2016 |
When the plot catches up to character, this book might move from good to great. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.2
|
All-New Inhumans #7
May 5, 2016 |
Already on its third arc, All-New Inhumans continues to feel sporadic in its focus. Issue #7 furthers that trend, the book's latest direction almost completely separated from the events that came before. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.9
|
All-New Inhumans #9
Jul 21, 2016 |
Though nine issues in this is still a new team, and while the combined efforts of Asmus and Caselli haven't fully solidified the new recruits as Marvel members in their own right, they get closer with each passing issue. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
All-New Inhumans #10
Aug 18, 2016 |
As is often the case with a series cancelled barely out of its infancy, All-New Inhumans reaches its end just as it's starting to get better. While not an actual finale (that would be issue #11) the latest still serves as a solid wrap-up to James Asmus' final arc, one that saw his focused attention to character finally pay off. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.8
|
All-New Ultimates | 1 issues |
6.8
|
All-New Ultimates #5
Jul 24, 2014 |
Amilcar Pinna also experiences a bit of a down issue, the artist delivering a solid if not particularly noteworthy installment. Though the action is clean and tight, it lacks any real 'wow' moments, ultimately making this issue of All-New Ultimates a tad lackluster as a whole. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
American Legends | 1 issues |
5
|
American Legends #1
Nov 6, 2014 |
Visually, the book's painterly art is provided by the appropriately named Studio Hive. A group effort will undoubtedly have its faults, yet those involved do a solid job of generating a mostly consistent visual quality. Unfortunately, the same cannot be said of the characters themselves, faces and likenesses changing noticeably from page to page. Much like the writing, the art tends to even out the further in you get, but again, it may be too little too late. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.1
|
American Vampire: Second Cycle | 8 issues |
8.5
|
American Vampire: Second Cycle #3
May 22, 2014 |
Snyder doesn't do a lot to advance the story here, but he does enough, returning THE fan favorite and delivering the Trader ever closer to Pearl and her charges. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
American Vampire: Second Cycle #4
Jul 24, 2014 |
With a dazzling, sand-strewn opening that makes a sharknado look like a guppy sprinkle, the latest chapter of American Vampire's Second Cycle is light on plot but heavy on awesome. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
American Vampire: Second Cycle #4
Jul 10, 2014 |
With a dazzling, sand-strewn opening that makes a sharknado look like a guppy sprinkle, the latest chapter of American Vampire's Second Cycle is light on plot but heavy on awesome. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.4
|
American Vampire: Second Cycle #6
Feb 4, 2015 |
Balancing the many spinning plates yet again is artist Albuquerque, his signature style as sharp and kinetic as ever. He and colorist Dave McCaig do a great job in maintaining interest, their historical footnotes every bit as interesting as their vampire melees. The two make great use of space, as even the sparsest of panels enjoy solid color and design. Issue #6 is undoubtedly a setup issue, but when setup is done this well and rendered this beautifully, it's not in a bad way that we say we're left chomping for more. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.6
|
American Vampire: Second Cycle #7
Apr 15, 2015 |
Though slower compared to recent arcs, there's enough momentum building to expect some full-fanged fun to come. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
American Vampire: Second Cycle #8
Jul 2, 2015 |
Scott Snyder lets the fangs out here in issue #8, he and Rafael Albuquerque combining for a nasty affair with no shortage of blood or dismemberment. It's a nice change of pace given the series' recent focus on history and mythology, yet Snyder is careful not to let the rampant action derail the book's narrative drive. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.7
|
American Vampire: Second Cycle #9
Aug 6, 2015 |
At one point in issue #9, a monologuing ne'er do well catches himself and snarks "But enough history." That statement can be applied to American Vampire's current arc in full, as Scott Snyder's script continues to swell with excessive back-story and unseen links. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.4
|
American Vampire: Second Cycle #10
Oct 1, 2015 |
Scott Snyder's script, already a powder keg of double crosses and hidden agendas, lights an effective final match, setting up what's sure to be a similarly explosive finale. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Aquaman (2016) | 1 issues |
8
|
Aquaman (2016) #1
Jun 23, 2016 |
It's not a total win, but there's plenty of early promise to suggest more depth beyond these initial waves. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.9
|
Archie (2015) | 17 issues |
9.5
|
Archie (2015) #1
Jul 9, 2015 |
Archie #1 is just a fun read. Waid and Staples show a clear appreciation for the character and his history, his new look still maintaining a distinctly classic feel. Waid's great characterization and effortless dialogue makes for easy enjoyment, and Staples' emotive art is both affecting and warm. Whether you're a fan new or old, there's something for everyone. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.8
|
Archie (2015) #2
Aug 20, 2015 |
Issue #2 proves that initial magic was no fluke, the creators turning in another delightfully offbeat, remarkably layered installment. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.8
|
Archie (2015) #3
Oct 1, 2015 |
Archie wouldn't be Archie without the Archie/Betty/Veronica triangle, making Veronica's role in the proceedings an expected one. What's unexpected, however, is the way Mark Waid and Fiona Staples portray the haughty heiress. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Archie (2015) #5
Jan 7, 2016 |
Now five issues in, it's tough to really call Archie's continued excellence a surprise. And yet, considering the series' early artistic carousel, it's amazing how each new issue manages to find new ways of further enhancing and enriching Riverdale's eclectic cast with nary a blip in quality. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.9
|
Archie (2015) #6
Feb 18, 2016 |
So far one of the more enjoyable aspects to Archie's new look has been the depth given to the book's extensive cast. Mark Waid has done an excellent job in crafting unique, multidimensional characters thus far, and in issue #6 he uses the partial absence of the book's title lead to advance other players, such as Reggie and Veronica, even further. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Archie (2015) #7
Apr 7, 2016 |
While not the strongest issue in the series, it's nonetheless an entertaining one. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Archie (2015) #8
May 12, 2016 |
Archie continues to be the gold standard when it comes to updates, and in the ever confident hands of Waid and Fish that doesn't look to change any time soon. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.7
|
Archie (2015) #10
Jul 28, 2016 |
The amazing thing about Mark Waid's Archie run is that he's not reinventing the wheel. He's not even reinventing the characters. He's just taking the property's long-running themes and character quirks and giving them a modern air. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.4
|
Archie (2015) #11
Aug 25, 2016 |
It's still far and away a good comic, just not quite so good as what we've come to expect. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.8
|
Archie (2015) #12
Sep 22, 2016 |
Issue #12 is itself a great example of Waid's range. The various events range from slapstick funny to relatable to downright affecting, culminating in an end that very cleverly opens the door for new characters to join the fray. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Archie (2015) #13
Oct 20, 2016 |
Another month, another hit for this Archie team. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.7
|
Archie (2015) #14
Nov 17, 2016 |
We've talked time and again of Mark Waid's ability to pair the humorous with the heartfelt, but what else is there to discuss when it's consistently done so well? Issue #14 is a perfect showcase of that balance. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Archie (2015) #15
Dec 22, 2016 |
From the inimitable Archie/Jughead bromance to the deliciously diabolical Veronica/Cheryl pairing, Eisma clearly gets what best exemplifies each, making for yet another excellent chapter. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Archie (2015) #16
Jan 19, 2017 |
For being one of Riverdale's better known supporting characters, Dilton Doiley has been criminally underutilized so far in this Archie run. While issue #16 seeks to correct that, it does so at the cost of a more compelling narrative " Cheryl Blossom's arrival at Riverdale High. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.3
|
Archie (2015) #17
Feb 16, 2017 |
While the extended bout of courtship has its amusing moments"Jug Handle is as perfect a Blossomization as could be"the initial lack of teeth leaves the read feeling light, right up until the book's final page. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.5
|
Archie (2015) #19
Apr 20, 2017 |
Pete Woods continues to prove a solid fit on art, his loose style playing particularly well with the comedic physicality of Waid's script. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.7
|
Archie (2015) #21
Jun 22, 2017 |
The drawn out nature of the read delays the true payoff to next issue, but it's nonetheless an emotionally resonant chapter. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.6
|
Archie Vs Sharknado | 1 issues |
7.6
|
Archie Vs Sharknado #1
Jul 22, 2015 |
Archie vs. Sharknado is a loopy smoothie of wholesome goodness and unnatural destruction, a blend that somehow goes down smooth. It's not the best of stories, but it doesn't aim to be, Anthony C. Ferrante and Dan Parent working hard to ensure that the "R" on Archie's Letterman jacket stands for "ridiculous." Those not gaga for the cultural juggernaut that is Sharknado may leave wanting, but there are enough fun set pieces and shark vs. teen shenanigans to leave even the most hardened grump with a grudging smile. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.8
|
Archie vs. Predator | 3 issues |
8.7
|
Archie vs. Predator #1
Apr 15, 2015 |
Archie vs. Predator may seem like the most random pairing ever to share a page, but in the hands of Alex de Campi and Fernando Ruiz, it's a pairing we're glad to have. Predator's inclusion to the Riverdale world comes off without a hitch, the story as funny as it is biting. Whether you like Archie, Predator, or both, this one is worth checking out simply to see two worlds collide. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.9
|
Archie vs. Predator #2
May 21, 2015 |
As mentioned, much of the read comes off as classic Archie, something wholly attributed to artist Ruiz. His characterization and world building is spot on, unnervingly so given the rather gruesome subject matter that ramps up throughout. At one point a supporting character takes a laser shot to the face, his exploding noggin' staining the childhoods of those reared on Double Digests. This is an Archie tale unlike any other, and while at times the characters don't quite seem as wholesome as you remember (do you really need to eat that cake now, Jughead?!), de Kampi and Ruiz ensure its an offshoot you won't forget. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.8
|
Archie vs. Predator #3
Jun 18, 2015 |
Much of the enjoyment of this series has come from Alex de Campi's balance of gruesome gore and biting humor, and unfortunately the latter falls off a bit here in issue #3. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.2
|
Armor Hunters | 4 issues |
8
|
Armor Hunters #1
Jun 12, 2014 |
Whether intended or not, Aric and his X-O Manowar armor are proving to be the linchpin of the Valiant universe. Much like Unity's first arc, Aric's armor is again the focus of dastardly intent, this time in that it's very existence serves as a beacon to the alien Armor Hunters. There's a lot to digest in this first issue, particularly if you didn't read the book's Free Comic Book Day lead in, yet collaborators Robert Venditti and Doug Braithwaite do their best to make their solid debut accessible to all. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.3
|
Armor Hunters #2
Jul 10, 2014 |
With the premise set and new entrants like Bloodshot set to make some noise, Armor Hunters is off to a great start. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Armor Hunters #3
Aug 13, 2014 |
There are still a number of Armor Hunter related tie-ins still to come, Venditti and Braithwaite teasing an assumedly epic confrontation. It's anyone's guess as to whether they can pull it off, but with the fate of the world at stake, we're willing to bet they'll do just fine. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.6
|
Armor Hunters #4
Sep 25, 2014 |
In the end, Armor Hunters is definitely an event that belongs firmly in the win column. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.2
|
Armor Hunters One Shot | 1 issues |
8.2
|
Armor Hunters: Aftermath #1
Oct 2, 2014 |
It's a slower issue, yet it doesn't feel that way, CAFU's expert layouts and impressive character work making for a surprisingly captivating affair. Simply put, the future of Valiant looks bright indeed. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.3
|
Armor Hunters: Bloodshot | 2 issues |
7.3
|
Armor Hunters: Bloodshot #1
Jul 23, 2014 |
Armor Hunters: Bloodshot #1 isn't quite on par with the other books in its name, with very little tying in to the event's larger scope. Harris and Hairsine appear prepped to change that quite soon, however, their final pages setting up a standoff of assumedly grave importance. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.3
|
Armor Hunters: Bloodshot #2
Aug 21, 2014 |
At this point it's safe to say that Armor Hunters has begun to suffer from tie-in syndrome, the book's secondary titles failing to capture the same gripping stakes as their flagship series. Armor Hunters: Bloodshot #2 is a prime example of this, the issue revolving entirely around the nano-bot fueled assassin's battle with the alien Hunter, Lilt. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.5
|
Astonishing Ant-Man | 1 issues |
7.5
|
Astonishing Ant-Man #1
Oct 22, 2015 |
Nick Spencer and Ramon Rosanas turn in their second #1 of the year, their easy humor and great characterization very much intact. Their latest debut has a lot to offer, both in terms of entertainment value and as a solid lead in for new readers, but it also feels somewhat flat in areas. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Avengers: Ultron Forever | 1 issues |
7
|
Avengers: Ultron Forever #1
Apr 1, 2015 |
Ultron is King of the Mountain in this solid but underdeveloped tale. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Babyteeth | 1 issues |
8
|
Babyteeth #1
Jun 8, 2017 |
The lack of immediate answers may turn off some, but for us the strong art and compelling emotional core is pull enough. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.6
|
Baltimore | 2 issues |
7.8
|
Baltimore: The Red Kingdom #1
Feb 2, 2017 |
With a mythology as complex as the one Mike Mignola has constructed over the years, it's hard to consider any book a true jumping-on point. And yet, that's exactly what Baltimore: The Red Kingdom #1 offers " a new reader-friendly continuation of an ongoing story. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.3
|
Baltimore: The Red Kingdom #3
Apr 6, 2017 |
The creative team here is top notch--they've just yet to fully deliver on their immense potential. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.5
|
Batgirl (2011) | 3 issues |
7.5
|
Batgirl (2011) #32
Jun 12, 2014 |
The book's newest arc proves a decent jumping on point, though new readers will likely struggle a bit in placing characters and motives. Simone's Batgirl is never better than when she or a loved one are threatened, and issue #32 sees her personal life begin to crumble yet again as Knightfall increases her stranglehold on the city and its inhabitants named Ricky. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Batgirl (2011) #34
Aug 13, 2014 |
Gail Simone brings her run on Batgirl to a close, offering a fitting, if not slightly convenient, finale. She manages to tie up a number of loose ends, and while not everyone gets a chance to shine, her portrayal of Barbara remains as engaging as ever, leaving behind a high bar indeed. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Batgirl (2011) #35
Oct 8, 2014 |
Batgirl #35 is decidedly fresh in feel, but the verdict is still out as to whether or not that's a good thing. There's promise to be sure, but as of now the character's departure feels more sensational than earned. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.5
|
Batgirl (2011) One Shot | 1 issues |
8.5
|
Batgirl (2011): Futures End #1
Sep 11, 2014 |
Overall, Barbara's swan song is fun, surprising and very, very Simone. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.1
|
Batman '66 Meets The Green Hornet | 3 issues |
8.5
|
Batman '66 Meets The Green Hornet #1
Jun 5, 2014 |
Batman '66 Meets The Green Hornet #1 manages to entertain both old and new readers alike, bolstered by the reverence the creators hold for the properties involved. Creators Smith and Garman balance the book with just the right amount of camp, and Ty Templeton's enjoyable art ably returns these pop culture icons to prominence. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.9
|
Batman '66 Meets The Green Hornet #2
Jul 3, 2014 |
Holy perfectly practiced plot lines, Batman! The second installment of this terrific team-up proves just as entertaining as the first, though by issues end it's readily apparent that nostalgia and familiarity are key to the book's long term appeal. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.9
|
Batman '66 Meets The Green Hornet #3
Aug 7, 2014 |
Writers Kevin Smith and Ralph Garman continue to mine the vast wealth of material from the original show, their capers so spot on that you can practically hear the theme song playing. We've stated the importance of nostalgia before, and while it certainly helps, it's not needed in enjoying the sheer exuberance emanating from every page. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.9
|
Batman (2011) | 2 issues |
9
|
Batman (2011) #32
Jun 25, 2014 |
Batman #32 is a great issue, setting up Zero Year's finale with flair. Snyder and Capullo continue their storytelling mastery, aided again by the surreally brilliant colors of FCO Plascencia. The stakes have never been higher, and anticipation has never been greater. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.7
|
Batman (2011) #41
Jun 10, 2015 |
Batman #41 is different in look and feel, a character driven opening that features just the right amount of action and heart. Snyder and Capullo both acknowledge and embrace the challenges their new direction presents, allowing for a Batman tale that feels decidedly fresh and unique. Though the issue does little in telling us where the arc is set to go, Jim Gordon's time at the helm looks to be a fun one to follow. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
10
|
Batman (2016) | 1 issues |
10
|
Batman (2016) #18
Mar 1, 2017 |
Batman has been amazing since the I Am Bane arc began. Each issue keeps surpassing the last. King has firmly settled into this gig and delivering outstanding work and Finch is meeting that challenge on each page for a great and all too quick read. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.7
|
Batman / Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles | 4 issues |
8
|
Batman / Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #1
Dec 9, 2015 |
A crossover long in the making gets off to a great start in the hands of James Tynion IV and Freddie Willams II. The dynamic duo show a clear knowledge and appreciation of their leads, delivering a debut that succeeds beyond its already brimming promise. There's still room for improvement, but as far as crossovers go you'd be hard pressed to find one quite so giddy giggle inducing as this one. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9.5
|
Batman / Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #2
Jan 13, 2016 |
Everyone expected (or at least hoped) that this crossover would be good. So far, it's been great, Williams' fluid line work meshing perfectly with Tynion's fantastic characterization. This book is truly the best of both worlds, and with some legitimately interesting plot threads now in play, it only looks to get better from here. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.8
|
Batman / Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #3
Feb 11, 2016 |
We've said it before, we'll say it again"man you should be reading this book. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
Batman / Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #5
Apr 13, 2016 |
The penultimate chapter of the series, issue #5 offers the same high level fan service and great art that's been a staple since its debut. Writer Tynion delivers another great batch of pitch perfect crossover moments, his excellent handle of the characters offsetting any narrative quibbles. The lack of further exploration of the Ra's/Shredder dynamic is somewhat disappointing, but the book's ending hook ensures the topic isn't dead so much as pending. The art by Williams and Colwell is again a highlight from start to finish, their strong collaboration lending a welcome sense of anticipation as the series enters its final stretch. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.5
|
Batman and Robin (2011) | 5 issues |
8.3
|
Batman and Robin (2011) #32
Jun 18, 2014 |
With the Hunt for Robin now concluded and Robin Rises: Omega set to begin, it's clear that the fate of Damian Wayne is still very much up for grabs. The surprise reveal comes completely out of left field, but promises big things just around the corner. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Batman and Robin (2011) #34
Aug 20, 2014 |
It's been said before, but it bears repeating again (and again) -- Patrick Gleason can draw. His mastery of mood and emotion is on full display, particularly in the aforementioned cave scene. The artist adds a certain gravity to his pages, his shadows and angles giving depth to even the most mundane moments. He can also draw some ridiculously cool splash pages -- if you didn't "oooooh" after seeing his final shot of Hellbats soaring towards the Apokopliptian fire pits, you're doing comics wrong. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
Batman and Robin (2011) #35
Oct 16, 2014 |
Art wise, Patrick Gleason continues to dominate the pages. The opening page is a striking precursor of what's to come, Hellbat's imposing shadow streaking towards the Apokoliptian fire pits. It's yet another example of Gleason turning a fairly mundane image into something terrifically exciting, and he does it repeatedly over the course of the issue. His ability to craft big, iconic imagery lends itself perfectly to this particular arc, as Batman is able to cut loose in ways we aren't used to seeing. Inker Mick Gray and colorist John Kalisz also deserve mention, the former's crisp lines and mammoth shadows working in perfect concert with the latter's vibrant, flame-licked palette. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.3
|
Batman and Robin (2011) #37
Dec 17, 2014 |
Batman and Robin #37 isn't a perfect comic, but it's still a darn good one, epic both in action and in heart. Peter J. Tomasi does a great job in finding a way to make the Bat family whole, even if that way arguably makes little sense. It's a fun read, one made even better by Gleason's expansive, grandiose stylings. Love him or leave him, Damian's return proves well worth the wait. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
Batman and Robin (2011) #39
Feb 18, 2015 |
A super powered Damian may not be what anyone wanted or expected, but Peter J. Tomasi and Patrick Gleason are certainly getting the most of that current plot point. The book's renewed focus on Bruce and Damian's relationship proves welcome, as does the sudden introduction of the Justice League. Now will someone please tell Shazam that he's cool? Feel bad for the guy. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Batman and Robin (2011) One Shot | 1 issues |
8
|
Batman and Robin (2011): Futures End #1
Sep 18, 2014 |
Batman and Robin: Futures End #1 is a powerful read, even if the majority of the issue proves a brutal slug-fest. Ray Fawkes shows that the ramifications of Damian's death remain wide reaching and raw, his Batman a walking wound waiting to be torn open. Dustin Nguyen's art effectively emphasizes this struggle, his detailed character work selling the tale just as well, if not better, than the words themselves. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.9
|
Batman And Robin Eternal | 6 issues |
6.8
|
Batman And Robin Eternal #4
Oct 29, 2015 |
Orlando does a solid job of advancing the main narrative, setting up a number of soon to be explored threads while adding some welcome characterization. Unfortunately, issue #4 also offers up some inconsistencies, as for the first time the writer/artist carousel makes itself noticeably obvious. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5.5
|
Batman And Robin Eternal #5
Nov 5, 2015 |
It's too early to say just how Batman and Robin Eternal will eventually compare to its weekly predecessor, but as of now the early returns are mixed. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.8
|
Batman And Robin Eternal #6
Nov 12, 2015 |
The return of James Tynion IV and Tony Daniel also means a return to form for this series. Tynion grabs many of the freewheeling threads of past issues and mostly ties them together, resulting in an issue that serves to both advance the narrative and the characters within it. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.8
|
Batman And Robin Eternal #22
Mar 3, 2016 |
Following last issue's flashback heavy focus, scripter Genevieve Valentine allows the team a chance to regroup, reassess, and refocus. It's a move that leads to some emotional, if forced, exchanges, Valentine using the aside to explore the team's shared legacy and the overall weight of the cowl. Exploring the various personalities of each Robin has been part of the fun so far in this Eternal run, yet the look we get here does feel shoehorned to fit the eventual turnaround. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.9
|
Batman And Robin Eternal #24
Mar 17, 2016 |
As a standalone issue #24 isn't the most essential of installments, but as a stepping stone to bigger things it does its job. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.4
|
Batman And Robin Eternal #25
Mar 24, 2016 |
Despite the wide net the series encompasses, the actual impact of the series remains limited to a few choice characters. As such, issue #25 at times feels like filler in the same way issue #24 did. The difference here is that the filler mostly works, with Steve Orlando utilizing the vast supporting cast in a way that both highlights the varied members while also reinforcing the book's core drama. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.6
|
Batman Beyond (2015) | 3 issues |
6.9
|
Batman Beyond (2015) #1
Jun 4, 2015 |
Artist Chang also does a fine job overall, his Tim noticeably fleet of foot and agile. There are a few oddly choreographed panels here and there, but by and large he does a nice job bringing Tim and his new world to crumbling, dilapidated life. The success of the read depends on Tim's current fish-out-of-time feel, so here's hoping his current predicament allows for plenty of further exploration of that nature. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Batman Beyond (2015) #2
Jul 2, 2015 |
The art is great and the story is solid, but for a standalone Bat tale there's not much that screams "must read." |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Batman Beyond (2015) #3
Aug 6, 2015 |
Batman Beyond still very much feels like a read that hasn't entirely found its footing, and it's any wonder what kind of book we'll be left with when it does. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.8
|
Batman: Eternal | 10 issues |
7.8
|
Batman: Eternal #6
May 15, 2014 |
Batman Eternal is starting to feel a bit like Game of Thrones. Each week offers a snapshot view of a few characters, only to switch to a different set the following week. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.5
|
Batman: Eternal #11
Jun 19, 2014 |
Ultimately, issue #11 feels like filler--good filler, sure, but filler nonetheless. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
Batman: Eternal #12
Jun 26, 2014 |
The last few issues of Batman Eternal have been high in content but low in forward momentum -- issue #12 fixes that, writer James Tynion IV giving traction to a number of stalled story lines. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.7
|
Batman: Eternal #17
Jul 31, 2014 |
Fawkes really drives home the fanatical fervor from which he speaks, introducing a true supernatural threat amidst the many loonies already on the streets. Artist Dustin Nguyen attacks the supernatural angle with obvious glee, his shadows deep and menacing and his baddies suitably grotesque. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.3
|
Batman: Eternal #20
Aug 20, 2014 |
Of course, the main talking point of the issue is easily the book's final pages. Stephanie Brown has been flitting in and out of the series for a while now, and while it was always assumed she'd be taking back the Spoiler mantle, we've still been waiting for it to actually happen. Well, happen it has, Seeley scripting the scene in a way that fits the story and serves the character well. Batman Eternal has been gaining momentum for a while now, and if the issues to come feature more arcs like this one, we're looking at some good stuff ahead. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.9
|
Batman: Eternal #28
Oct 16, 2014 |
Batman Eternal continues it's unfortunate pattern of setting up big events and then ignoring them, the latest arc yet another example of the series spinning its collective Bat-rimmed wheels. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.2
|
Batman: Eternal #31
Nov 6, 2014 |
While there's still the sense that there's almost too much going on at any given time, Fawkes does a great job of hitting his beats and moving on, the book's pacing surprisingly smooth given the numerous events unfolding. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Batman: Eternal #33
Nov 20, 2014 |
Handling art duties once again is Jason Fabok, his detailed lines and excellent choreography again on fine display. Obviously the book's weekly pace makes it impossible to lock down one specific artist, but Fabok needs to be in the rotation as often as possible. His work lends an added gravity to the proceedings, each punch and scowl loaded with a real and visceral weight. If you passed on this weekly in the beginning, now is a heck of a time to start. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.6
|
Batman: Eternal #35
Dec 4, 2014 |
As the stakes have raised so too has the book's quality, Hush's sinister and expansive machinations making for one of the more involving arcs we've seen thus far. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.6
|
Batman: Eternal #41
Jan 15, 2015 |
Focusing mainly on the rampant nano-bot infection tearing through Gotham's young and restless, Higgins deftly explores the changing dynamic between Harper and the Bat family, intoning that with great costumes and great abs comes great responsibility. This focus on choice is given further gravity as the book's events spiral out of their control, leading to Harper finally committing to the cause in grand, Bat-garbed fashion. It's fun stuff, made even better by Joe Quinones' emotive art. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.9
|
Batwoman (2017) | 1 issues |
6.9
|
Batwoman (2017) #2
Apr 20, 2017 |
Steve Epting's art is as gorgeous and well constructed as ever, but with so little context his characters read as more stock than anything else. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Bee and PuppyCat | 1 issues |
8
|
Bee and PuppyCat #1
May 14, 2014 |
Bee and Puppycat is one of those love it or hate it type of books, an incoherent jumble of ridiculousness that somehow manages to be totally enjoyable. Whether or not the comic can maintain the same manic energy of the series remains to be seen, but if you're looking to take a step off the beaten path you can't get much further. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.1
|
Betty & Veronica (2016) | 3 issues |
7
|
Betty & Veronica (2016) #1
Jul 20, 2016 |
Adam Hughes has a bit of an uphill climb ahead, his debut overstuffed and undercooked in some key areas. His fun, expressive art is continually overrun by the book's non-stop consciousness, resulting in a cluttered read that's tough to get into. Nevertheless, there are enough solid character beats and entertaining exchanges to hope for better down the road, making Betty & Veronica a book to keep an eye on as the Archie machine continues to roll. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Betty & Veronica (2016) #2
Nov 10, 2016 |
Betty & Veronica is a book you want to like. It's funny in places, gorgeously illustrated and is clever enough to catch you off guard a time or two. And yet, for all the things that work, there's still so much that doesn't. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.4
|
Betty & Veronica (2016) #3
Jun 15, 2017 |
It's unfortunate that it took three issues for this book to realize its full potential, but this capper is nonetheless a satisfying one. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.9
|
Birthright | 16 issues |
9.2
|
Birthright #1
Oct 8, 2014 |
Birthright #1 is what every debut hopes to be; expertly plotted, infinitely interesting and just plain cool. Billed as what happens when one story ends, the book's final page makes it abundantly clear that our journey has only just begun. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
Birthright #2
Nov 6, 2014 |
If you're a fan of high concept fantasy and, y'know, awesome, this is a book you need to be reading. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
Birthright #3
Dec 4, 2014 |
Birthright continues to stake its claim as one of the best new books on the block, marrying inventive fantasy with compelling drama. Add it to your pile. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.3
|
Birthright #4
Jan 7, 2015 |
With its setup firmly out of the way and its characters on the move, Birthright's latest eases off the flaming swords and fisticuffs in lieu of some welcome familial development. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Birthright #5
Feb 5, 2015 |
Andrei Bressan is again a powerhouse force of fantasy goodness, his storytelling enjoyably large and finely detailed. Not to be outdone, Adriano Lucas turns in some of his best color work to date, nailing everything from blood soaked battles to serene swamps. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Birthright #6
Apr 8, 2015 |
When not content to simply let his art team run free, Williamson does a solid job checking in with the more Earth based members of his expansive tale. There's a nice bit between the Rhodes' parental units that stands out, but by and large the fun of the book revolves around Mikey and Brennan making up for lost bro time. It's here that the book's character work, particularly Mikey's, proves a bit divisive. It's tough to gauge in what light we're meant to view him"troubled solider, possessed lackey, returning hero"and as such some of his bits don't fully register. Add in the fact that Brennan's wait-a-minute" light bulb continues to be slow illuminating and you get an issue that's fun, but incomplete. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.5
|
Birthright #9
Jul 23, 2015 |
I'm not quite sure where it happened, but somewhere along the line adult Mikey's tale became the least interesting thing in Birthright. Thankfully, Joshua Williamson and Andrei Bressan have stepped things up in other areas, especially in regards to the increasingly blurred lines between Mikey's two worlds. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Birthright #10
Aug 20, 2015 |
After a few maddening issues wherein Mikey's characterization seemed to continually dip, dive and dodge, Joshua Williamson at last drops the hammer with some "ooooh" inspiring reveals. It's a welcome leap that pays off in uniquely investing ways, and it serves to knock the ongoing narrative into completely uncharted territory. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.7
|
Birthright #11
Nov 12, 2015 |
While the oversized issue leads to many visually arresting fantasy moments " which Andrei Bressan absolutely kills, per usual " even the lurch in time does little for Mikey's overall development. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.7
|
Birthright #12
Dec 10, 2015 |
It's taken a while, but the many freewheeling threads that make up Birthright have begun to feel cohesive. Joshua Williamson has done a great job crafting a solid sense of direction over the last few issues, focusing less on the then and more on the here and now. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.9
|
Birthright #13
Jan 14, 2016 |
The last issue of Birthright did well in moving the overarching story back in the right direction, but the overall sense of narrative momentum remains a work in progress. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.3
|
Birthright #15
Mar 24, 2016 |
It's been a while since Birthright quite matched the magical heights of its earlier installments, but the changes made here offer definite promise for the series going forward. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.5
|
Birthright #17
Jul 14, 2016 |
Artist Andrei Bressan, mostly limited to talking heads here, shines with that final page, proving that while the magic has dimmed a bit on this series, it's still capable of delivering when it counts. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.7
|
Birthright #18
Aug 11, 2016 |
Birthright has had its issues, but damn if it can't sell its big moments. The somewhat slogging adventure gets a much needed shot in the Nevermind-infested arm, as at last we get some honest to goodness advancement. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.4
|
Birthright #19
Sep 15, 2016 |
It's still as strong a fantasy epic as you could hope for "it's just one that'll keep you waiting. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Birthright #23
Mar 23, 2017 |
Birthright still has its bumps, but payoff such as that found here makes them worthwhile. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.7
|
Bitch Planet | 7 issues |
9
|
Bitch Planet #1
Dec 10, 2014 |
Bitch Planet is a lot of things, but first and foremost it's an excellent comic. The twists found throughout are almost impossible to see coming, a hopeful glimpse of even further madness yet to come. Not only is Bitch Planet one of DeConnick's best issues to date, it also stands out as one of the best new releases of the year. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.7
|
Bitch Planet #2
Jan 29, 2015 |
Though only two issues in, Bitch Planet is already proving an electric force of bare-knuckle beauty. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.1
|
Bitch Planet #3
Feb 19, 2015 |
Seeing as we'd only just begun to tap into the main narrative, it feels a bit early for Bitch Planet to be focusing on character specific offshoots, especially on one so often seen but rarely heard. That said, issue #3 serves to further flesh out DeConnick's increasingly dreary world, in turn adding depth to the previously one note Rolle. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9.5
|
Bitch Planet #6
Jan 7, 2016 |
This is a hard tale, one made harder by the message it delivers and the blanks it fills. But it's also a chapter very much reminiscent of the character it follows - strong, unyielding, and defiant to the end. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.8
|
Bitch Planet #8
Jun 23, 2016 |
Bitch Planet #8 is one of those issues that's impossible to unpack over a single read through. Not only is it dense narratively " particularly so given the now expected delay between issues " but also topically, with an added focus put on the treatment of the prison's transgender inmates. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Bitch Planet #9
Nov 3, 2016 |
There's no denying this book's impact is best felt in trade, but that doesn't make its return any less welcome. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.8
|
Bitch Planet #10
Apr 27, 2017 |
From the extended delay between issues to its increasingly complex narrative, Bitch Planet is not an easy book to pick up on the fly. Such a long lull would fell a lesser title, but yet again the book manages to overcome any rust by the sheer strength of its content and the vision of its creators. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.5
|
Bitch Planet: Triple Feature | 1 issues |
8.5
|
Bitch Planet: Triple Feature #1
Jun 15, 2017 |
Told in three separate chapters, each installment focuses on a different woman living within the previously established world, their stories narratively different but thematically similar in their impact. The stories don't play a direct role in anything going on in the primary story, but they do an exceptional job of further establishing the oppressive nature of the shared world. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.8
|
Bizarro | 2 issues |
7.8
|
Bizarro #2
Jul 2, 2015 |
Issue #2 may struggle a bit to consistently maintain it's all ages appeal, but nevertheless the read am not a lot of fun. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.7
|
Bizarro #3
Aug 20, 2015 |
If you weren't a fan before this issue isn't likely to change your mind, but in a landscape overcrowded with dark and dour, Bizarro provides a welcome splash of light. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.1
|
Black Canary (2015) | 2 issues |
7.9
|
Black Canary (2015) #3
Aug 20, 2015 |
Brenden Fletcher's new-look Black Canary has been equal parts style and substance so far, but in issue #3 the split tilts heavily towards the former. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.3
|
Black Canary (2015) #4
Sep 17, 2015 |
Even with a guest artist Black Canary doesn't miss a beat. Of course, when your guest artist is Pia Guerra it's pretty easy to keep things humming, her clean lines bringing an easy energy and human humor to the proceedings. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.7
|
Black Cloud | 1 issues |
8.7
|
Black Cloud #1
Apr 6, 2017 |
As intricately crafted as it is downright wild, Black Cloud #1 is the kind of debut you'll want (and need) to read twice. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.8
|
Black Magick | 1 issues |
7.8
|
Black Magick #1
Oct 29, 2015 |
Black Magick has all the makings of a good book, starting with the stellar talent behind it. Greg Rucka appears to have another engaging lead on hand, and Nicola Scott's art is as immersive as it is gorgeous. There's just not a whole lot to go on in this first issue, and while the ending hook certainly makes things interesting, it's not yet enough to fully entice with its spell. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Black Market | 1 issues |
8
|
Black Market #1
Jul 17, 2014 |
The premise of stealing meta DNA for personal gain is a compelling one, and with high stakes, personal drama and, oh yeah, super heroes, Black Market is a book brimming with promise. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.3
|
Black Science | 19 issues |
8.9
|
Black Science #7
Jul 31, 2014 |
Given the shocking events of last issue and the subsequent hiatus that followed, no one would have faulted writer Rick Remender had he decided to ease into the book's next arc. Of course, being Remender, issue #7 does the exact opposite, immediately returning his characters to the same high danger, higher stakes adventures we've come to expect. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Black Science #8
Aug 28, 2014 |
It's clear that Remender has a clear vision as to where the story is going next, but in order for Black Science to continue its streak of excellence he'll need his remaining cast to step up. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.9
|
Black Science #9
Oct 8, 2014 |
Rick Remender's latest trip through the Onion is a sporadic one, the narrative bouncing around a number of different characters in ways equal parts puzzling and enticing. His tale is so stuffed with big ideas and lofty musings that some of the urgency of recent issues has started to wane. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.2
|
Black Science #10
Oct 29, 2014 |
Despite the frequent squabbling, Matteo Scalera is still given plenty of room to flex his artistic muscles. His pages remain as breathlessly kinetic and expansive as ever, the artist again serving as the book's driving force. He does seem to favor certain poses and expressions, as they tend to repeat throughout, but in terms of sheer motion there are few that can rival his level of investment. Dean White serves as the final cherry to this loaded sundae of a book, his otherworldly colors and subtle shading meshing perfectly with Scalera's meticulously savage pencils. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Black Science #12
Mar 4, 2015 |
Art wise, Scalera again gives the book its distinctive edge, his pencils brash and fluid. At times his embellishment goes a bit overboard for the scene at hand, but said flair aids in keeping the quieter scenes visually arresting. The real challenge to the issue is the switch in colorists. Moreno Dinisio does an able job filling Dean White's impressive shoes, but unfortunately the change doesn't entirely escape notice. Dinisio's colors prove a bit muddier than we're used to, his concert with Scalera strong but not quite on the same level as of yet. He does manage to strike the appropriately off kilter alien tone, so in a few issues we could be singing a different tune. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9.5
|
Black Science #13
Apr 1, 2015 |
Not to be outdone, artist Scalera turns in a phenomenal issue, deftly managing the script's breakneck pace. His action sequences are always good, but here he delivers a master class in kinetic movement, Grant and Shawn's jetpack escape an exhilarating blend of dynamic angles and fluid design. He and colorist Moreno Dinisio do an equally fine job rendering the issue's quieter moments, showing a soft touch and cool palette when detailing Pia's troubled younger days. The issue's final pages show just how good this duo can be, and also make it clear that we can expect some even darker adventures to come. Bring it on. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.4
|
Black Science #15
Jun 11, 2015 |
It's riveting stuff, especially given the characters involved and the events that precede it, and when all is said and done the damage is all but irrevocable. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.8
|
Black Science #17
Nov 5, 2015 |
While still possessing the usual moments of wild action and creature features (as electrically illustrated by Matteo Scalera), overall there's a much more contemplative feel to this installment then what we've seen previously. That same introspection may hinder new readers " Remender's mythology is itself a labyrinthine maze " but as the kick off to a new story it does a fine job in creating questions we want answered. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.8
|
Black Science #18
Dec 3, 2015 |
By taking time away from the series' running interdimensional strife to focus on Grant's own specific personal hell, the duo have crafted a riveting (and wonderfully bananas) look at how the past informs the present " with puppets! |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9.5
|
Black Science #19
Jan 7, 2016 |
Black Science has had its ups and downs, but with a truly triumphant finale and one heck of a forward push, this is a book that again belongs at the top of your read pile. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.4
|
Black Science #20
Feb 11, 2016 |
Rick Remender and Matteo Scalera were going to have a hard time topping themselves following last issue's excellent introspective adventure, so it's not a huge surprise that their latest doesn't fully measure up. That said, issue #20 does a solid job of maintaining the momentum said issue generated, Remender taking Grant back to the beginning in a bid to save his family and fix the Onion. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Black Science #21
Mar 31, 2016 |
Having spent most of this arc exploring Grant's attempt at redemption, issue #21 further explores the ramifications of Grant's Onion traversing, while also presenting the newly focused Dimensionaut with an opportunity too good to pass up. The sizable gap in issues robs the aforementioned moment of its full impact, but Remender's presenting of it is nonetheless engrossing and oh-so-satisfying. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.4
|
Black Science #24
Sep 15, 2016 |
Black Science is heading back to the beginning, and things are feeling fresher than ever. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Black Science #25
Oct 13, 2016 |
There's not an undamaged character in the bunch, and while issue #25 does succeed in laying out further the machinations in play, the bulk of the issue is dedicated to their continued torment. Such a barrage could backfire if handled improperly, but Remender has done such a strong job at building such flawed characters that the constant emotional yo-yo always seemingly fits the subject matter at hand. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Black Science #26
Dec 8, 2016 |
Black Science, at least by its usual standards, has been taking it easy of late, Rick Remender more focused on the holes left in the McKay family than those of the realities they plowed through. Issue #26 shakes that sentiment up in a big way, and uses an often seen but rarely utilized character to do so. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.4
|
Black Science #27
Jan 5, 2017 |
Issue #27 is exceptionally varied in its content, each new swerve and sudden entrance seemingly building in visceral pull. If you've been waiting for Black Science to blast back into orbit, you'd best strap in tight. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Black Science #28
Feb 9, 2017 |
Ignoring the fact that Remender's roster could carry a book on its own"there is literally nothing cooler than a telepathic anteater"this is just a strong issue, with plenty of dynamic action and strong character development. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.2
|
Black Science #29
Apr 20, 2017 |
A long game that continues to pay off, Black Science's latest direction is shaping to be a doozy. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
Black Science #30
Jun 1, 2017 |
Constant calamity has been a benchmark for this series since its inception, but it's nonetheless still surprising how far Rick Remender continually manages to turn that dial. Not only is the issue jam-packed with all manner of wild sci-fi goodness, but it also delivers on 30 issues worth of content, with numerous callbacks to villains and characters arcs past. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.3
|
Black Widow (2016) | 4 issues |
7.8
|
Black Widow (2016) #3
May 5, 2016 |
Few books can rely as heavily on visual storytelling alone as Black Widow, but then again, few collaborations are as strong as the one shared by Mark Waid and Chris Samnee. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.7
|
Black Widow (2016) #7
Oct 20, 2016 |
As a character, Black Widow is as complex as they come. It's that fact that makes the latest from Chris Samnee and Mark Waid all the more impressive, issue #7 both intricately layered and entirely accessible. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Black Widow (2016) #10
Jan 19, 2017 |
When it comes to wordless storytelling, Chris Samnee may just be the best in the business. He's so good that even in an issue that would be considered "down" when compared to past works, engagement and immersion is never anything less than total. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.7
|
Black Widow (2016) #11
Feb 9, 2017 |
Having spent the better part of the last arc focusing on various betrayals and hidden secrets, issue #11 lets Natasha do what she does best. The resulting read offers an electric display of the skill set Black Widow is known for, the one-woman army facing off against a bevy of similarly trained foes. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.6
|
Bloodlines | 1 issues |
6.6
|
Bloodlines #1
Apr 7, 2016 |
Alien parasites, street level heroes, nineties names like Loose Cannon and Ballistic; the original Bloodlines had it all, and reflected the more ridiculous aspects of the era. And maybe that's what's missing in Bloodline's #1. It follows the same basic path of the original, with the appearance of an alien threat assumedly leading to a new brand of heroes, but where the nineties version had moxie to spare, this new incarnation feels hollow by comparison. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Bloodshot U.S.A. | 2 issues |
8.2
|
Bloodshot U.S.A. #1
Oct 27, 2016 |
The book's final pages offer the most compelling hook as to what kind of dangers lie ahead, making for an easy in to what is shaping up to be one of Bloodshot's biggest tales. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.7
|
Bloodshot U.S.A. #3
Dec 22, 2016 |
Those who have been on board since The Valiant will come away impressed with the myriad layers Lemire peels back here, but it's safe to say that the uninitiated will walk away more confused than enthused. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.3
|
Bloodshot: Reborn | 15 issues |
7.8
|
Bloodshot: Reborn #0
Mar 23, 2017 |
While the amount of wrap-up may confuse new readers looking for a numerical jumping on point, the content here is much needed for anyone following the series in recent months. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
Bloodshot: Reborn #1
Apr 15, 2015 |
Jeff Lemire continues his great work with the Bloodshot character, adding a new layer of depth to the reborn killer. Mico Suayan makes his presence felt with some fantastic art, though Lemire's Bloodsquirt takes some getting used to. If you've been looking for an in to Bloodshot, you've found it. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
Bloodshot: Reborn #2
May 21, 2015 |
Aiding Lemire in this slow burn approach is Mico Suayan. The artist again turns in some ridiculously realistic pages, each open pore and tightened tendon on full display. At times said realism leads to some static looking pages, but they're all rendered so gorgeously that it's almost worth the pause in pace. When paired with David Baron's excellent color work, Bloodshot is arguably the best looking book that Valiant is currently putting out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
Bloodshot: Reborn #3
Jun 18, 2015 |
Bloodshot Reborn is not so quietly taking claim as Valiant's best new title, so best get on it, and quick. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.4
|
Bloodshot: Reborn #4
Jul 9, 2015 |
Jeff Lemire has done an excellent job exploring the anti-hero's fractured mind in recent issues, and issue #4 is no different. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Bloodshot: Reborn #6
Sep 17, 2015 |
All told, as both a continuation and a jumping on point, issue #6 delivers. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.2
|
Bloodshot: Reborn #7
Oct 8, 2015 |
Whereas Bloodshot: Reborn's first arc read like a television procedural, its latest is more akin to a horror thriller, each issue further investing us in its characters even as the foreboding sense of tension mounts. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.3
|
Bloodshot: Reborn #8
Nov 19, 2015 |
Much like its nanite inhaling lead, Bloodshot: Reborn continues to get stronger with each passing issue. The book has been on quite a tear of late, much of which can be attributed to Jeff Lemire's improved pacing. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.8
|
Bloodshot: Reborn #10
Jan 28, 2016 |
Bloodshot's latest presents the perfect on ramp for new readers, as Jeff Lemire and Co. leave the narrative of the present behind in lieu of exploring an all too familiar future. It's tough to read this issue without calling to mind other dystopian fiction " from the obvious Max Max comparison to other heroes-in-a-world-gone-bad tales such as Old Man Logan " but Lemire nonetheless manages to introduce these familiar tropes in a way that's still investing and world specific. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.3
|
Bloodshot: Reborn #11
Feb 25, 2016 |
Issue #11 continues to move the story along a well worn path, Lemire again relying on familiar plot beats to advance his unfolding story. Such presentation makes for a somewhat predictable issue, but considering how well it's done that same expectation does nothing to dull the overall enjoyment of the arc. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Bloodshot: Reborn #13
May 26, 2016 |
For as enjoyable as The Analog Man arc has been, there's always been the sense that things are too familiar, too easy to predict. That notion goes out the window here in issue #13 as Jeff Lemire and Lewis Larosa deliver a powerful and emotionally shattering finale. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.2
|
Bloodshot: Reborn #14
Jun 30, 2016 |
It's only the first issue, but this Hunger Games-style romp looks to be a potential return to form for this fan favorite series. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
Bloodshot: Reborn #15
Jul 14, 2016 |
While Bloodshot Island definitely fits the bill as another bombastic, action oriented arc, it's Lemire's ability to weave a connected web from story to story that continues to pay dividends. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.1
|
Bloodshot: Reborn #16
Sep 1, 2016 |
When compared to recent arcs, Bloodshot Island feels smaller in narrative scope - more summer blockbuster than conspiracy thriller. That being said, it's also one of the more purely entertaining acts Jeff Lemire has put out, driven by its action heavy plot and the consistently fantastic art of Mico Suayan. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.8
|
Bloodshot: Reborn #17
Sep 29, 2016 |
Bigger doesn't always equal better, but with this stellar creative team on a roll unlike anything we've seen yet, we're willing to bet that in this case it does. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.5
|
Bloodshot: Reborn Annual | 1 issues |
7.5
|
Bloodshot: Reborn Annual #1
Mar 24, 2016 |
All told the annual offers a different and mostly entertaining look at everyone's favorite albino samurai, even if the quality of the book's extended page count doesn't entirely match its higher price tag. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.2
|
Bob's Burgers | 2 issues |
7.5
|
Bob's Burgers #2
Sep 25, 2014 |
If you're buying this book chances are that you're a fan already, but those new to the concept may come out wanting. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.8
|
Bob's Burgers #3
Oct 30, 2014 |
Bob's Burgers remains a tough piece of beef to crack. On the one hand, the various writer/artist teams again do a great job of capturing the feel and tone of the show, using various in-jokes and character specific traits to bring the Belcher family to life. While that works to an extent (Tina's tale is spot on and hilarious), there are definitely some show specific quirks that don't translate quite so well in written form. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.9
|
Book Of Death | 3 issues |
8
|
Book Of Death #2
Aug 20, 2015 |
Book of Death #2 is a prime example of a book managing to remain thoroughly entertaining even as the narrative mostly stands still. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.5
|
Book Of Death #3
Sep 24, 2015 |
With one issue left, the action continues to flow throughout The Book of Death, even as the story moves at more of a trickle. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.3
|
Book Of Death #4
Oct 29, 2015 |
The best thing about the Book of Death #4 is its focus. Most event books tend to throw everything but the kitchen sink at their finales, but Robert Venditti wisely chooses to keep the action limited to Gilad and Tama. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.7
|
Book Of Death One Shot | 4 issues |
7
|
Book Of Death: The Fall Of Bloodshot #1
Jul 23, 2015 |
With the Book of Death threatening widespread curtain calls across the Valiant U, the latest batch of Valiant one-shots show us how exactly our favorite characters are set to go. Bloodshot is the first to draw the short straw, and initially the promise of a suitable finale feels unlikely given the book's single issue limitations. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Book Of Death: The Fall of Harbinger #1
Oct 1, 2015 |
While not without their moments, thus far Valiant's run of The Book of Death finales have been more miss than hit, often feeling rushed in their push to deliver a solid end to their franchise leads. It's fitting then that they've saved the best for last, as Joshua Dysart and Kano's The Book of Death: Fall of Harbinger #1 is easily the most complete of the bunch. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.8
|
Book Of Death: The Fall of Ninjak #1
Aug 27, 2015 |
Much like Bloodshot's recent fade to black, Book of Death: The Fall of Ninjak is a book that never quite consummates on its intended promise. Matt Kindt gives Colin King's exit plenty of interesting moments, from robot vs ninja battles to plummeting space real estate, but the overarching sum of these moments fail to fully capture. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.9
|
Book Of Death: The Fall Of X-O Manowar #1
Oct 22, 2015 |
Robert Venditti brings the life and times of Aric of Dacia full circle, culminating in a tantalizing, if convenient, look at the legacy he's left behind. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.7
|
Britannia (2016) | 1 issues |
7.7
|
Britannia (2016) #1
Sep 22, 2016 |
At first glance the book appears more typical in its Roman fare, with ample bouts of bloodletting, copulation and political scheming. However, as the book goes on and the horrors mount, it becomes clear that Peter Milligan has a different sort of story in mind, one that borrows from a number of physical and psychological influences intended to assail its steadfast hero. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.9
|
Bug: The Adventures of Forager | 1 issues |
7.9
|
Bug: The Adventures of Forager #2
Jun 15, 2017 |
Sweet Kirby goodness! Continuing their eclectic trek through DC's history, the team of Lee Allred, Michael Allred and Laura Allred again deliver an adventure as zany as it is downright gorgeous. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.5
|
Burning Fields | 1 issues |
8.5
|
Burning Fields #1
Jan 21, 2015 |
Colin Lorimer also aids in providing this consistent tone, his heavy shadows and etched faces proving a good fit for the book's escalating subject matter. The former Curse vet is clearly comfortable in his new surroundings, his layouts and backdrops impressive in their vision. His character detail can read a bit sparser in comparison, but he makes up for it in pure gritty tone, as exemplified by his wince worthy opening and equally unnerving climax. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.5
|
C.O.W.L. (2014) | 4 issues |
8.8
|
C.O.W.L. (2014) #1
May 29, 2014 |
Great galloping gargoyles, Batman, Rod Reis can draw. Every page and panel is worth an extra second's pause, the artist deftly marrying superhero melees with every day police work. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.4
|
C.O.W.L. (2014) #2
Jun 26, 2014 |
With the book's setup out of the way, Kyle Higgins and Alec Siegel deliver some excellent character work here is issue #2, the world of C.O.W.L. affecting those powered and unpowered alike. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.4
|
C.O.W.L. (2014) #3
Jul 31, 2014 |
After all the world building done in subsequent issues, issue #3 of C.O.W.L. is more character piece than anything else, writers Kyle Higgins and Alec Siegel directing their attention to the team's lone female member, the telekinetic Radia. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.3
|
C.O.W.L. (2014) #5
Sep 25, 2014 |
With a new arc soon to come and a trade on the way, it's high time to enlist in C.O.W.L. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.6
|
Captain Marvel (2014) | 11 issues |
8.6
|
Captain Marvel (2014) #3
May 14, 2014 |
On art, David Lopez yet again infuses his simplistic style with heart and weight, his use of expression and body language ably complimenting the scenes at hand. Much of the book places Carol in the role of ambassador, and the artist really nails the divide between Carol and the citizens of Torfa. He imbues Carol with just the right amount of wide eyed navet and steely self assurance, and his panel work features a number of dramatic angles and mood shaping close ups. Colorist Lee Loughridge completes the effect, the book's warm hues becoming noticeably bleaker as the pages tick by. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.3
|
Captain Marvel (2014) #4
Jun 12, 2014 |
Considering the somewhat melancholy end to last issue, Captain Marvel's latest outing is actually quite a bit of fun. Kelly Sue DeConnick continues to hit the right balance of humor and heart, her Carol determined to prove that her aid in Torfa's plight is a boon, not a hindrance. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.8
|
Captain Marvel (2014) #6
Aug 14, 2014 |
Kelly Sue DeConnick brings Captain Marvel's first arc to a close, the Avenger squaring off against Emperor J'son and his Spartax army. DeConnick has done a great job throughout the series establishing Torfa and it's citizens, making their final stand engaging and cheer-worthy. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.6
|
Captain Marvel (2014) #7
Sep 11, 2014 |
Though technically still in its first arc, the latest from Kelly Sue DeConnick reads more like a transition piece to the next chapter than a true conclusion to the first. It's a solid move, but when considering the numerous high stakes adventures we've seen recently, issue #7 comes off as quieter and more bizarre by comparison. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.8
|
Captain Marvel (2014) #8
Oct 8, 2014 |
It's a silly and at times unnecessary aside to be sure, but it also proves that even an off issue of Captain Marvel is still pretty darn great. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.2
|
Captain Marvel (2014) #9
Nov 13, 2014 |
With so much emphasis on the words, artist David Lopez is tasked with keeping everything together, and he does so in his usual expressive fashion. Carol is a woman of many mohawked hats, and Lopez ably captures all of them, from the diplomat and warrior to the inner-screaming fangirl. Likewise, colorist Lee Loughridge gets the chance to strut his stuff, the book's more ridiculous moments allowing for a similarly heightened color palette. Issue #9's rhyming nature may not be for everyone, but there's no denying that DeConnick, Lopez and Loughridge make for one "marvelous" team. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Captain Marvel (2014) #10
Dec 17, 2014 |
Much like the narrative itself, the book's art duties are split between a trio of artists, led by series' regular David Lopez. Though different in visual style, each artist ably maintains the same warm and welcoming tone from one to the next, the book's outlandish events never detracting from its heart-on-its-sleeve message. Issue #10 may not do much to advance the character or her galactic adventures, but it doesn't have to, DeConnick and Co. content to let us simply bask in their appreciation for the character. Time will tell whether or not a second part to the story is truly merited, but as a standalone installment it's one no Carol fan should miss. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.5
|
Captain Marvel (2014) #11
Jan 15, 2015 |
Carol Danvers returns for the second installment of her Christmas themed two-shot, writer Kelly Sue DeConnick ably building off of the many inspirational vibes that came before. While the necessity of said issue is easily debated, the resulting finale is nonetheless a fun and joyful romp that brims with holiday spirit. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Captain Marvel (2014) #12
Feb 12, 2015 |
David Lopez does a nice job creating vested interest in Carol's somewhat solo tale, his character work and expression again on point. There are a few confusing sequences in terms of choreography, but overall he does a solid job in getting Captain Marvel's latest adventures off the ground. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.9
|
Captain Marvel (2014) #13
Mar 12, 2015 |
At this point, Kelly Sue DeConnick has established herself as the preeminent voice of all things Captain Marvel. Her Carol is brash and funny, smart and loyal, able to turn the most ridiculous of events into the most unlikely of victories. That being said, the book's overall flow has begun to feel a bit detached lately, the narrative direction as adrift as her oft damaged space ship. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Captain Marvel (2014) #14
Apr 9, 2015 |
The issue as a whole offers little to the Black Vortex event at large, but the creative team does a nice job in ensuring that Carol's solid characterization remains on point. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.3
|
Captain Marvel (2016) | 7 issues |
7.7
|
Captain Marvel (2016) #2
Feb 4, 2016 |
Kelly Sue DeConnick's Captain Marvel run left quite the red boots to fill, yet only two issues in it appears that the creative team of Michelle Fazekas, Tara Butters and Kris Anka are up to the task. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.7
|
Captain Marvel (2016) #3
Mar 17, 2016 |
Its premise is familiar (Captain Marvel teams up with a wisecracking super team and has wacky space adventures) but that doesn't make Carol's latest any less refreshing. Not only are writers Michelle Fazekas and Tara Butters mining a different side of Carol " one physically weakened and emotionally compromised " but they also continue to make the most of the book's supporting cast. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.9
|
Captain Marvel (2016) #4
Apr 21, 2016 |
There are a lot of moving parts to Captain Marvel's first arc, from alien assailants to space subterfuge and everything in between. It's strange then that even with everything going on, issue #4 feels somewhat disconnected. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Captain Marvel (2016) #5
May 26, 2016 |
Starting point or not, the team of Fazekas and Butters, along with artists Kris Anka and Felipe Smith, are clearly a good fit for this title, and the series' upcoming Civil War II focus presents a great opportunity to further prove it. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.3
|
Captain Marvel (2016) #6
Jun 30, 2016 |
Considering Carol's role in the Civil War II title proper, it comes as somewhat of a surprise just how little her core title dips into the conflict. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.2
|
Captain Marvel (2016) #8
Aug 25, 2016 |
As perhaps the single most important character in Civil War II, the spotlight on Carol Danvers has never been brighter. At this point the character's pro-Ulysses beliefs are nothing new, but Ruth Fletcher Gage and Christos Gage really do an excellent job here of highlighting the tenuous position Carol's challenging stance presents. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.6
|
Captain Marvel (2016) #9
Sep 29, 2016 |
Given the pre-set parameters set by Civil War II, Ruth Fletcher Gage and Christos Gage have done an admirable job of creating a Carol both steadfast and sympathetic. That said, for as much as the character seems aware of the slippery slope she's currently sliding down, she still more or less ignores any sense of uncertainty in lieu of unwavering conviction. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.6
|
Captain Marvel And The Carol Corps | 4 issues |
8.2
|
Captain Marvel And The Carol Corps #1
Jun 11, 2015 |
The fun and energy of DeConnick's initial run carries over into the Carol Corp, each wisecracking member at once appealing and familiar. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.7
|
Captain Marvel And The Carol Corps #2
Jul 16, 2015 |
It's nice to see a book actually focusing on the world left behind in the wake of Secret Wars, with characters questioning Doom and the supposed realities he's set forth. That being said, it's tough to say where this book is really looking to go, issue #2 hardly moving save for a sudden swerve you see coming from miles away. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.6
|
Captain Marvel And The Carol Corps #3
Aug 27, 2015 |
Compared to most Secret Wars tie-ins, Captain Marvel and the Carol Corps reads like a book very much beholden to its event mothership. Even when things are happening, such as here in issue #3, the book never really feels like its gaining any sort of momentum. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.9
|
Captain Marvel And The Carol Corps #4
Sep 24, 2015 |
It's the kind of read that gets you fired up, inspired, so intent are DeConnick, Thompson and Braga to leave everything on the final page. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Carnage (2015) | 1 issues |
7
|
Carnage (2015) #1
Nov 11, 2015 |
It takes a while for Carnage #1 to get going, but once it does both the book's quality and its engagement takes a jump. Writer Conway has smartly tucked his villain away in the shadows, allowing artist Perkins to work with the unease of the unknown. A strong premise doesn't always translate to a great series, but there's enough moody pull here to make it appear worth the descent. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.4
|
Cartoon Network Super Secret Crisis War | 2 issues |
7.5
|
Cartoon Network Super Secret Crisis War #1
Jun 25, 2014 |
The real surprise is the art generated by Derek Charm -- not only does he bring each respective character to vividly accurate life, but he does so solo, lending a strange sense of continuity to the proceedings. Each scene and set piece is rendered with loving accuracy, something sure to be appreciated by those long enamored with the characters involved. With a hodgepodge of famed characters still to enter the fold, Super Crisis Secret War is go! |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.3
|
Cartoon Network Super Secret Crisis War #3
Aug 28, 2014 |
There's fun to be had here, no doubt, but when all is said and done Super Secret Crisis War could stand to be a bit more super. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.8
|
Chrononauts | 1 issues |
7.8
|
Chrononauts #2
Apr 16, 2015 |
What is easy to enjoy is Murphy's gorgeous art. There's detail, and then there's Murphy detail"each page and panel offers a ridiculous amount of eye candy, from distinct large scale battles to hilariously inappropriate dude-bro jokes. So much of the read depends on Murphy's uniquely timed characterization and expansive world building, and it's by and large the main component that will keep readers coming back. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Circuit-Breaker | 1 issues |
6
|
Circuit-Breaker #1
Mar 24, 2016 |
It's not without its entertainment value; it's just not yet clear whom this book is for. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.6
|
Civil War (2015) | 1 issues |
7.6
|
Civil War (2015) #4
Sep 10, 2015 |
Civil War reaches its penultimate issue and, much like the previous chapters, the results are mixed. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.8
|
Clean Room | 11 issues |
6.9
|
Clean Room #1
Oct 22, 2015 |
Gail Simone is no stranger to the wild and weird, so its saying something that Clean Room #1 may be her strangest yet. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.4
|
Clean Room #2
Nov 19, 2015 |
What a difference an issue makes. Following a rushed debut, Gail Simone turns in an excellent, meticulously paced follow-up that's high on frights and even higher on intrigue. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.4
|
Clean Room #3
Dec 17, 2015 |
All told, issue #3 is Simone and Davis-Hunt at their unhinged best. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.9
|
Clean Room #4
Jan 21, 2016 |
The book's end pages do well in setting up a real, and potentially present, conflict, but until the narrative catches up to it's obvious spectacle, this book will fall just short. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.8
|
Clean Room #5
Feb 18, 2016 |
Clean Room is at once maddening and enticing. The series is plagued with inconsistent pacing, strange narrative interjections and a plot that appears to get muddier with each new installment. It's also insanely gripping, completely terrifying and awesomely illustrated, making for a truly divisive read. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.8
|
Clean Room #7
Apr 21, 2016 |
The frights here range from borderline creepy to downright terrifying, making each turn of the page a risk in and of itself. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Clean Room #10
Jul 21, 2016 |
Jon Davis-Hunt is a star. Such has been the case from the beginning, but issue #10 is a prime example of the kind of versatility the artist brings to the read. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.9
|
Clean Room #13
Nov 10, 2016 |
An excellent blend of deviance, humor and horror, Clean Room continues to thrill. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.2
|
Clean Room #16
Feb 23, 2017 |
Clean Room is the kind of book you can't look away from for even a second. It's not just the horrifying imagery - something issue #16 churns out with extra relish - but also its pinpoint use of language, both subtle and otherwise. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Clean Room #17
Mar 30, 2017 |
Clean Room is a scary book, that much we know. What makes this book so consistently unsettling is in how the book scares you, as Gail Simone's horrors never come from the same place twice. Issue #17 is an excellent example of that uncertainty. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.2
|
Clean Room #18
Apr 27, 2017 |
The book's finale delivers on most, if not quite all, of the book's presumed promises. The resolution, while quick, is nevertheless effective, Simone bringing her expansive cast together in ways that fit well within the preexisting confines set by the story. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.4
|
Cloaks | 1 issues |
7.4
|
Cloaks #1
Sep 4, 2014 |
Magic or not, four issues is a short time to tell a story, yet Monroe and Navarro appear fully equipped to pull a winner out of the hat. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.7
|
Cognetic (2015) | 1 issues |
7.7
|
Cognetic (2015) #1
Oct 22, 2015 |
The latest from Memetic creators James Tynion IV and Eryk Donovan, Cognetic #1 shares more than a few similarities with their prior apocalyptic tale. The unexplained phenomenon, the rampant violence, the talk-through-text aesthetic; at first glance, Cognetic is a few wrong turns away from a rehash. As the story progresses, however, the real intricacy of what Tynion and Donovan have created comes to play. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Conan / Red Sonja | 1 issues |
8
|
Conan / Red Sonja #1
Jan 14, 2015 |
Conan/Red Sonja #1 holds a lot of setup, driving through the final pages in order to prep the rest. That said, it's a down and dirty good time, bolstered by a stellar creative team that appears eager to show us more. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.6
|
Convergence: Aquaman | 1 issues |
6.6
|
Convergence: Aquaman #1
Apr 15, 2015 |
Richards also does a fine job elevating the read, his line work clean, if not a bit simple. There's not a lot of movement to the issue beyond the last few pages, the panels mostly similar in style and direction, but there's enough moxie to Deathblow's explosive appearance to expect greater things from their eventual showdown. Here's hoping this team delivers. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.9
|
Convergence: Catwoman | 1 issues |
5.9
|
Convergence: Catwoman #1
Apr 15, 2015 |
Catwoman's Convergence tale is kind of a weird read. On the one hand, it definitely appeals to those who grew up reading comics in the 90's, the familiar purple jumpsuit and ridiculous bullwhip at once familiar and fun. On the other, it's tough to make out what kind of Catwoman Justin Gray wants us to see. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.7
|
Cry Havoc | 3 issues |
8.5
|
Cry Havoc #2
Feb 25, 2016 |
Having already done a great job in introducing the book's cast last issue, Spurrier is able to further flesh out the eclectic band, with solid attention given to lead, Lou. There's some great character work at play here, particularly so given the leaps in time, and Spurrier's consistently strong dialogue goes a long way in crafting a distinct, immediate tone. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Cry Havoc #3
Mar 24, 2016 |
Cry Havoc may not always be the easiest read to follow, but it's certainly one of the prettiest. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.5
|
Cry Havoc #6
Jun 23, 2016 |
f you were looking for answers pertaining to Cry Havoc's many threads, consider the floodgates opened. Issue #6 is a deluge of wrap-up and advancement, Simon Spurrier providing seeming ends to darn near every plot point in motion. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.4
|
Curse Words | 4 issues |
7.5
|
Curse Words #1
Jan 18, 2017 |
In Curse Words #1, Charles Soule and Ryan Browne have conjured up one heck of a fun yarn. It's not always a pretty tale, with some rushed pacing and an overstuffed structure, but what it does hit it hits hard and with plenty of energy. Soule's Wizord, a Merlin for the hipster generation, is an enjoyably murky lead, and with Browne on hand to deliver his many misadventures with kinetic glee, we don't expect the magic of this first issue to dim any time soon. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.4
|
Curse Words #2
Feb 23, 2017 |
Soule takes his script to some pretty out there places, and Browne brings an excellent sense of energy to each dangerous situation and humorous set piece. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Curse Words #3
Mar 23, 2017 |
The setup and humor here hits the mark, just not on quite the same level as issues past. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.6
|
Curse Words #5
May 18, 2017 |
The finale to Curse Words' first arc ends much like it began, with plenty of magical mischief and gonzo spectacle. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Cyclops (2014) | 1 issues |
8
|
Cyclops (2014) #2
Jun 5, 2014 |
Cyclops may get the title billing, but Corsair is the real draw here. Each scene featuring the rakish rogue is a delight, his effortless swagger bewitching both Scott and readers alike. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.9
|
Daredevil (2015) | 12 issues |
7.6
|
Daredevil (2015) #5
Mar 31, 2016 |
Issue #5 isn't the most memorable of finales, with the arc's primary villain falling as little more than an eviscerated afterthought, but the issue does do well in further solidifying the promise of this new direction. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.2
|
Daredevil (2015) #6
Apr 28, 2016 |
Elektra makes for a fine guest star and looks to be a solid focal point to this new arc, but her usage here is more perplexing than engaging. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.8
|
Daredevil (2015) #9
Jul 14, 2016 |
Charles Soule does his best to get the most out of this particular team-up, adding Peter Parker to the mix as Matt Murdock continues to put his unseen plan into play. The resulting issue has its fair share of web-slinging and baton tossing, but it's the strong character elements that prove the most investing |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.6
|
Daredevil (2015) #10
Aug 11, 2016 |
With some welcome personality and an eerie and engaging hook, this might be the most promising issue of this still young series. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.3
|
Daredevil (2015) #12
Oct 13, 2016 |
With an unnerving and mysterious villain in Muse and a political backdrop complicated in both morality and scope, this latest arc gives us our best look yet at what this creative team has to offer. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
Daredevil (2015) #13
Nov 10, 2016 |
Charles Soule has really rounded into form. That's not to say his earlier Daredevil work was poor, but rather that his new arc is just that much better. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.4
|
Daredevil (2015) #14
Dec 15, 2016 |
Capping off the series' strongest arc to date, Charles Soule delivers a gripping finale with issue #14. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Daredevil (2015) #15
Jan 12, 2017 |
With an assured tone and a great ending hook, this arc is off to an excellent start. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Daredevil (2015) #17
Feb 16, 2017 |
Soule clearly has more designs for this particular tale, having spent 17 odd issues planting its seeds. But he does provide a strong sense of direction buoyed by an even stronger emotional core. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.9
|
Daredevil (2015) #19
Apr 20, 2017 |
While the book's ending does seem to tip its hand as to where things are potentially going, this is nonetheless a fun romp that utilizes the character's long and complicated history to creative effect. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.8
|
Daredevil (2015) #21
Jun 8, 2017 |
Having finally explained the nature of Matt Murdock's sudden clean slate, Charles Soule continues to put that premise to immediate use. His latest does a great job of combining two of his strengths " dynamic superhero action and engrossing legal dialogue " into one efficient package. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.9
|
Daredevil (2015) #22
Jun 22, 2017 |
Capturing the many nuances of such a complex character is no easy feat, but this issue proves that Soule and Sudzuka have it down pat. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.5
|
Daredevil (2015) Annual | 1 issues |
6.5
|
Daredevil (2015) Annual #1
Aug 4, 2016 |
All told, while it's nice to see these characters back in the pages, this annual doesn't make for required reading. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Daredevil / Punisher | 1 issues |
7
|
Daredevil / Punisher #2
Jun 30, 2016 |
There's still not much new to chew on, but it has its moments. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.5
|
DC Comics: Bombshells | 1 issues |
8.5
|
DC Comics: Bombshells #1
Aug 12, 2015 |
Though crafted as a digital read, Bombshell's print transference proves an enjoyable one. Marguerite's Bennett and Sauvage show a keen understanding for the stories they're out to tell, their characters both familiar and decidedly fresh. In a marketplace crowded with male dominated reads, book's like Bombshells stand out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Dead Body Road | 1 issues |
8
|
Dead Body Road #6
May 29, 2014 |
Issue #6 brings the series to its adrenaline soaked conclusion, as the ever-brooding Gage inches closer to the vengeance he so desperately seeks. Artist Matteo Scalera saves his best work for last, delivering a finale so explosive that even Michael Bay can't help but nod in approval. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.4
|
Dead Letters | 1 issues |
8.4
|
Dead Letters #2
May 8, 2014 |
As Sam goes through God Squad orientation, we're treated to a series of flashbacks that explain not only how things are, but how they came to be. It's a bit of an info dump, yet Christopher Sebela's plotting is so well articulated that you're never left scratching your head. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.5
|
Deadly Class | 17 issues |
8.5
|
Deadly Class #5
May 29, 2014 |
Remender and Craig appear determined to command your pull list, and at this point you'd be silly to resist them. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9.6
|
Deadly Class #6
Jun 25, 2014 |
Deadly Class #6 is comic booking at its finest, a true marriage between writer and artist that fully stakes its claim as one of the best books on the rack. The wait till September will be a brutal one. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
Deadly Class #7
Sep 18, 2014 |
Deadly Class at long last returns from it's agonizing vacation, creators Rick Remender and Wes Craig making it well worth the wait. Their narrative is chock full of the same shockingly pointed dialogue and in-your-face occurrences we've come to expect, somehow finding time to explore complex relationships amidst the copious violence, heavy drug use and deposit filled swirlies. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.3
|
Deadly Class #8
Oct 16, 2014 |
While not entirely conducive to the book's forward motion, Remender nevertheless crafts yet another riveting read filled with achingly damaged characters. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
Deadly Class #9
Nov 20, 2014 |
Rick Remender again finds just the right blend of back-story, character development and forward progression, his plotting somehow both sporadic and meticulous. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.8
|
Deadly Class #10
Jan 7, 2015 |
Now ten issues in, it's safe to say there's no book quite like Deadly Class. Rick Remender's latest is a hodge-podge of crazy situations and themes, each one messier and more destructive than the last. It's as if he's taken teenage angst, ratcheted it up to 11, and given it a machine gun. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
Deadly Class #13
May 28, 2015 |
Rick Remender and Wes Craig, no strangers to madcap action and thrilling double crosses thus far, deliver a whole new level of jaw dropping goodness here in issue #13. It's not necessarily what they do but rather how they it, the creators crafting a whole issue of build up that pays off in rather disconcerting ways. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.7
|
Deadly Class #14
Jul 2, 2015 |
Over the course of the issue Marcus' spiral continues ever downward, Remender giving each angst-filled musing and aggressive lash a dramatic but relatable weight. Its heady stuff, especially so given the writer's full on commitment to his lead's self destructive nature. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.4
|
Deadly Class #15
Aug 6, 2015 |
This is one class still worth attending. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Deadly Class #16
Sep 10, 2015 |
Ever watch a horror movie where you end up constantly screaming at the main character's increasingly poor decisions? That's Deadly Class #16 in a nutshell. At this point Rick Remender has Marcus so deep in the dumpster fire of his own creation that it's any wonder he's managed to make it this far at all. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Deadly Class #19
Mar 3, 2016 |
For all its frenetic mayhem and constant escalation, in many ways Deadly Class is a book balanced on restraint. Over the course of 19 issues Rick Remender and Wes Craig have done a remarkable job building up and breaking down their eclectic cast. In putting in the time, the duo all but ensures that the events of the book's latest arc land on a much deeper level, as made evident by the brutal clash between side characters Billy and Viktor. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.8
|
Deadly Class #21
Jun 2, 2016 |
When it comes to sheer page-by-page investment, Die For Me is arguably the strongest arc in Deadly Class' run so far. Coming to a close here in issue #21, Rick Remender and Wes Craig somehow raise their already amped up narrative, delivering a shocking installment that's widespread in its ramifications and devastating for its characters. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Deadly Class #22
Sep 29, 2016 |
Issue #22 is definitely tame by recent standards, but the artist's ever expressive energy and fantastic layouts do more than enough to hype events to come. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.4
|
Deadly Class #24
Dec 1, 2016 |
With so many interlocking threads, Deadly Class is a book primed for the big payoff. At first glance issue #24 is limited in that area, but the sheer amount of new information gifted here goes a long way in plotting the series' new course. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Deadly Class #26
Feb 2, 2017 |
Nits aside, if you've been reading this series, you can't miss this one. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.7
|
Deadly Class #27
Mar 30, 2017 |
If you've been reading since page one this is a can't miss"and if not, you'd best get caught up. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Deadly Class #28
May 25, 2017 |
Recent issues of Deadly Class have been punctuated by one dramatic, narrative shattering beat after the next, so by comparison issue #28 reads much more measured in its approach. It's a nice change of pace, and Rick Remender uses the slower roll-out to touch base with the majority of the book's sprawling cast. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.4
|
Deadpool & The Mercs For Money | 3 issues |
7.5
|
Deadpool & The Mercs For Money #1
Feb 3, 2016 |
No one was likely clamoring for more of Deadpool's motley crew, but Bunn and Espin put them to good use in this first installment. Espin's clean character work and expressive lines go well with Bunn's easy moving script, the two combining for an enjoyable read that has promise for greater things. It's a familiar read, but not a bad one. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Deadpool & The Mercs For Money #2
Mar 16, 2016 |
Deadpool and the Mercs For Money isn't out to reinvent the wheel, but rather appears intent to give it a good spin. Bunn's utilization of his full cast makes for big laughs, and the art by Salva Espin is both well constructed and full of character. Eventually the seeming lack of substance may set the series back, but as of now it has style to spare. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.8
|
Deadpool & The Mercs For Money #3
Apr 21, 2016 |
We mentioned last issue that the seeming lack of substance could eventually trump the book's obvious style, and that's unfortunately the case here. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Deadpool (2015) | 1 issues |
8
|
Deadpool (2015) #1
Nov 5, 2015 |
Deadpool's latest offers a fresh look at our mouth merc. Duggan and Hawthorne show a clear direction for the character going forward, tempering his oddity in a way that's accessible to readers new and old. There are some inconsistencies, but overall this a great start for what will hopefully be an equally great series. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.6
|
Deadpool vs. X-Force | 4 issues |
7.9
|
Deadpool vs. X-Force #1
Jul 2, 2014 |
Art wise, artist Pepe Larraz and colorist Nolan Woodward prove a solid team, combining for some excellent action sequences and humorous character beats. Wade's assault of the British army is a definite highlight, the character as cool as he is ridiculous -- his gun is even named Kingslayer! Deadpool vs. X-Force #1 is pretty much what you'd expect for a book featuring a time traveling 'Pool, and that's not a bad thing. Swierczynski and Co. have a fine handle on the character, making his continued historical misadventures something worth reading. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.5
|
Deadpool vs. X-Force #2
Jul 24, 2014 |
Writer Duane Swierczynski uses the 'alternate history as result of time stream tweaking' to great effect, his version of events decidedly one-sided. Though the resulting shenanigans are fairly standard for a series such as this, they're still undoubtedly fun, the writer mining Deadpool's self awareness for a number of great bits. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.8
|
Deadpool vs. X-Force #3
Aug 21, 2014 |
There are still some hiccups to be found, namely Cable's overly obtrusive exposition and the obvious lack of interest in the remaining X-Force members, but overall this is just a fun book that refuses to take itself too seriously. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Deadpool vs. X-Force #4
Sep 4, 2014 |
In the end the series hits the notes it needs to hit, and though it may not be as memorable in the long run, it's still undeniably entertaining. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.7
|
Deadpool's Art of War | 2 issues |
6.8
|
Deadpool's Art of War #1
Oct 16, 2014 |
Luckily, Scott Koblish proves the book's saving grace, the artist on hand to render Wade's various exploits once more. Combined with the muted colors provided by Val Staples, Koblish's art has an almost antiquated look to it, his sharp lines and detailed backdrops right at home with David's time-warped subject matter. The artist also proves adept at filling a page, many sequences requiring an impressive amount of fully realized (and colorfully dressed) characters. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.5
|
Deadpool's Art of War #2
Nov 6, 2014 |
Whether a victim of expectation or execution, Deadpool's Art of War remains more miss than hit. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.4
|
Deadpool's Secret Secret Wars | 2 issues |
7.7
|
Deadpool's Secret Secret Wars #1
May 21, 2015 |
Deadpool's stab at changing history mostly proves a success, Bunn and Lolli delivering a tale both entertaining and amusing. While Deadpool himself can at times overrun the narrative, the issue's overall enjoyment hinges on the book's chuckle worthy script and great art. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Deadpool's Secret Secret Wars #2
Jun 18, 2015 |
Whereas issue #1 effectively balanced familiarity with accessibility in a way that worked for everyone, issue #2 is much more of a direct Secret Wars parody. As such, the uninitiated will likely be left scratching their heads through much of the narrative as it ducks, dips and dodges from one time to the next. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.5
|
Deadpool: The Duck | 2 issues |
7.4
|
Deadpool: The Duck #1
Jan 4, 2017 |
Deadpool the Duck #1 won't be for everyone, but it's not just for Deadpool fans either. Stuart Moore and Jacopo Camagni take the best parts of both characters and find a way to use them in unison, culminating in a surprisingly strong and easily enjoyable debut. Some pacing issues prevent it from being and out and out hit, but with a strong premise and great, character driven art, it's certainly a fun one. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.5
|
Deadpool: The Duck #3
Feb 9, 2017 |
Deadpool the Duck is a book that defies expectation. Whether or not you find that to be a good thing will depend on that same expectation, but Stuart Moore is definitely delivering something different. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.5
|
Deadpool: Too Soon? | 1 issues |
7.5
|
Deadpool: Too Soon? #1
Oct 20, 2016 |
It's too early to say if it's too soon for another Deadpool title, but credit the creative team for going full-tilt out of the gate. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.7
|
Deathstroke (2014) | 1 issues |
6.7
|
Deathstroke (2014) #1
Oct 23, 2014 |
Initial opinion of Deathstroke #1 will vary based on what you're seeking. If you're looking for great action and detailed art, then Tony Daniel has you covered. If you're looking for an in depth exploration and recreation of a fan favorite, issue #1 will leave you wanting more. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.5
|
Deathstroke (2016) | 1 issues |
7.5
|
Deathstroke (2016) #6
Nov 10, 2016 |
We're still left with more questions than answers, but thus far the ride proves worth the hurdles. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.8
|
Deathstroke: Rebirth | 1 issues |
7.8
|
Deathstroke: Rebirth #1
Aug 11, 2016 |
For all his seeming popularity, Deathstroke is a tough character to get right. And to his credit, Christopher Priest seems to acknowledge that fact in his initial take. Rather than focus his story on Deathstroke the assassin, the bulk of this Rebirth issue looks at Slade the man, and how his actions affect those around him. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.6
|
Dept. H | 1 issues |
8.6
|
Dept. H #1
Apr 21, 2016 |
Aside from having a great name, Dept. H #1 is just a great debut, Matt Kindt rolling out the narrative in a coolly measured, ever escalating manner. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.5
|
Descender | 15 issues |
9
|
Descender #1
Feb 4, 2015 |
Descender #1 marks an excellent debut from two equally excellent creators, their world at once dangerous and enthralling. Lemire's strong script makes TIM-21 someone to root for, with Nguyen's art giving the book a visual presence that's beautiful in execution and scope. More, please. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Descender #2
Apr 9, 2015 |
Dustin Nguyen's painterly visuals are again a draw, the artist using a fine blend of washes and colors to generate mood and tone. His alien designs and robotic creations continue to impress, though it's the subtle humanity in his robot lead that give Descender that something more. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.9
|
Descender #4
Jun 11, 2015 |
With a true conflict at last in play, Descender remains a book on the rise. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.9
|
Descender #6
Aug 13, 2015 |
Jeff Lemire builds off of the limb lending events of last issue, using a flashback structure as a way of fleshing out the less than fleshy origins of his robotic world. While the overall impact of these reveals is yet to be known, with hinted allusions to events past and possibly coming, the issue does a solid job in furthering Quon's layered history with robots in general. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Descender #7
Nov 12, 2015 |
Descender's first arc wasn't without its pacing wrinkles, but issue #7 offers a darn near perfect example on how to get a new story off and running. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Descender #9
Jan 14, 2016 |
With such constant calamity of late, Tim-21 and company were due for an issue off. Issue #9 offers one such reprieve, Jeff Lemire dialing down the book's recent action heavy leanings and instead focusing on further exploring his unique characters and the world they inhabit. There's plenty of advancement to be found here, but the real treat of the issue ends up being the very human focus on the book's non-human leads |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.9
|
Descender #10
Feb 11, 2016 |
Keeping in line with the more tempered approach to last issue, Descender #10 offers a nice mix of character development and narrative maneuvering. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Descender #11
Mar 10, 2016 |
As a chapter in a trade, issue #11 will likely tie in well. As an establishing issue set to draw us back, it's not quite there. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.5
|
Descender #12
Jun 16, 2016 |
This issue doesn't get us anywhere new, but the emphasis on character proves the difference. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Descender #13
Jul 14, 2016 |
We've trust enough in Nguyen and Jeff Lemire to right the ship, but for any new readers looking to hop aboard, this arc does not represent Descender at its best. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.3
|
Descender #14
Aug 18, 2016 |
Descender #14 may just be the most maddening issue of the series' run. It's an absolutely beautiful chapter, detailing the end days of Tim-21's mining camp as seen through the eyes of rover-dog, Bandit. It's also a largely empty read, serving as little more than extended setup for a reveal that still fails to elicit any sense of forward momentum. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.5
|
Descender #17
Dec 15, 2016 |
Rather than focus on one particular tale, Lemire instead opts to jump-start three at once, using a triple-screen structure to update a slew of stalled plotlines. And yet, even with the wider focus there's still the sense that very little actually happens, the end page lacking in impact when considering the drawn out path it took to get there. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.7
|
Descender #18
Jan 19, 2017 |
For a series that's largely lived and died on Dustin Nguyen's lush paints, it's refreshing to have the story back up to par. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Descender #19
Feb 23, 2017 |
It's one step forward, two steps back for this series. Following last issue's seeming return to form, the latest from Jeff Lemire and Dustin Nguyen again finds itself marred by strange plotting choices and uneven character work. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.3
|
Descender #20
Mar 23, 2017 |
It's not always the most consistent read, but issues like this remind us why we stick around. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.1
|
Doctor Strange (2015) | 12 issues |
8.2
|
Doctor Strange (2015) #2
Nov 5, 2015 |
If you've never read a Doctor Strange story before, this is a heck of a place to start. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Doctor Strange (2015) #7
Apr 28, 2016 |
Jason Aaron and Chris Bachalo continue their excellent "Last Days of Magic" arc, diving further into the intense emotional stakes introduced last issue. The most fascinating aspect of this story is just how helpless Strange and his magical cohorts are. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Doctor Strange (2015) #8
May 26, 2016 |
If you weren't a Strange fan before, good luck resisting this spell. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.8
|
Doctor Strange (2015) #9
Jun 23, 2016 |
Issue #9 mostly works as setup for the looming showdown between the last purveyors of magic and the Empirikul hunting them, but its setup that comes with its own investment. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.2
|
Doctor Strange (2015) #13
Oct 20, 2016 |
There's never been a better time to be a Strange fan, and this book is a great indicator as to why. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Doctor Strange (2015) #14
Nov 17, 2016 |
Featuring a motley assortment of demonic miscreants, a great use of astral projection/streaking and a Charlie and the Chocolate Factory-esque ride through the intestines, the issue's lack of substance is more than made up for by its consistently entertaining vibe. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Doctor Strange (2015) #15
Dec 22, 2016 |
If the writers of Doctor Strange's next cinematic venture are looking for inspiration, they need look no further than Jason Aaron's current run. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Doctor Strange (2015) #16
Jan 26, 2017 |
With this issue, Jason Aaron's grinding gauntlet reaches its action packed conclusion, and it's just as bitingly witty and visually imaginative as we've come to expect. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
Doctor Strange (2015) #17
Feb 16, 2017 |
As uncomfortably creepy as it is downright gorgeous, Frazer's lines pair wonderfully with Aaron's ever shifting tone, making for an engrossing lead in to Strange's next misadventure. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Doctor Strange (2015) #19
Apr 20, 2017 |
Aaron's Strange again strikes the perfect balance between cocksure braggart and fiercely protective friend, and the somewhat predictable ending does nothing to diminish the layered emotions the writer is able to draw out of his cast. Bachalo brings a similar depth to his pencils. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.3
|
Doctor Strange (2015) #20
Jun 8, 2017 |
Issue #20 may mark the end of Jason Aaron and Chris Bachalo's run, but it sure doesn't feel like a finale. If anything, the issue highlights the many unique aspects that made this series so consistently entertaining. It's inventive, character driven, and more than a little weird. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.3
|
Doctor Strange (2015) #22
Jun 22, 2017 |
Taking over for an established creative team is tough enough, but doing so amidst an ongoing event certainly doesn't make things any easier. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.7
|
Drax (2015) | 2 issues |
6.5
|
Drax (2015) #3
Jan 21, 2016 |
Now three issues in, we're still waiting to see what separates this version of Drax from the angry, literal, Thanos-murdery copies that have come before. It's a frustrating wait at this point, as from a visual perspective this series is quite entertaining, Scott Hepburn again showing a great flair for kinetic storytelling and physical comedy. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.8
|
Drax (2015) #4
Feb 25, 2016 |
It's not a bad book, but it's also not a particularly memorable one. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.5
|
E Is For Extinction | 1 issues |
7.5
|
E Is For Extinction #1
Jun 25, 2015 |
Grant Morrison's New X-Men run was as different an X-book as you'd x-pect when it first debuted, and in many ways the Secret Wars offshoot it inspires feels much the same. Chris Burnham and Dennis Culver pair a familiar feel with a fresh spin, utilizing their introduced old school/new school divide to great effect. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.7
|
Edge of Spider-Verse (2014) | 1 issues |
8.7
|
Edge of Spider-Verse (2014) #5
Oct 16, 2014 |
In the end Gerard Way's turn in mainstream comics is a successful one, he and Jake Wyatt combining for some uniquely cool and original stuff. While there's the definite need for more fleshing out of the premise, we're hopeful that Peni and her SP//dr companion will show up again in the not-so-distant future. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.5
|
Effigy | 2 issues |
7.3
|
Effigy #1
Jan 29, 2015 |
The book's final pages are more strange than intriguing, but there's enough mystery to the debut to merit a return look. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.6
|
Effigy #2
Feb 26, 2015 |
Much of the book's investing quality comes from his fantastic characterization, his use of facial expression, coupled with subtle mannerisms, making for an immediately relatable tone. If the creators can maintain that investment while also ratcheting up the mystery, Effigy may just surprise. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Elektra (2014) | 3 issues |
8.2
|
Elektra (2014) #3
Jun 19, 2014 |
Much like last issue, issue #3 is more visual than cerebral, highlighting grand set pieces and action over plot progression. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.4
|
Elektra (2014) #4
Jul 17, 2014 |
Given the series' more action oriented elements, the opening pages of Elektra #4 offer a refreshing change of pace, delving not only into the mind of our scarlet assassin but her gluttonous assailant as well. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.5
|
Elektra (2014) #5
Aug 21, 2014 |
Elektra's struggle of self continues here, and while that struggle is again voiced and acknowledged, it's resolution lacks any real dramatic impact or resonance as Blackman continues to straddle the character with one foot safely behind the line. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.5
|
Empress | 1 issues |
7.5
|
Empress #3
Jun 9, 2016 |
Mark Millar's ability to write entertaining fare is largely unquestioned, but the latest issue of Empress does make one wonder just how far the book can go on sheer entertainment alone. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.9
|
Eternal Empire | 1 issues |
6.9
|
Eternal Empire #1
May 4, 2017 |
Opting more for show than tell, this debut issue from Sarah Vaughn and Jonathan Luna is a slow burn. While this initial issue sets the conceit well enough " a mysterious woman in the present toils under the regime of a cruel Empress shaped by the past " there are more perplexing questions than enticing teases. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.5
|
Eternal Warrior: Days of Steel | 2 issues |
7.5
|
Eternal Warrior: Days of Steel #1
Nov 6, 2014 |
More effective is the art by Nord. What his panels lack in clarity he makes up for in design, his layouts unique and appealing. The Eternal Warrior is known for smashing heads and cleaving bodies, and Nord renders the book's violence well, his Gilad appropriately fierce and convincing in his prowess. Brian Reber adds to the book's tone, mixing muted, hazy colors with more intense and vibrant hues to create the sense of days long past. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.5
|
Eternal Warrior: Days of Steel #3
Jan 7, 2015 |
Gilad Anni-Padda's adventures come to a close here in issue #3, the fate of his moon-marked charges seemingly all but certain. It comes as a pleasant surprise then that writer Milligan manages to circumvent said expectation, crafting a finale that hits the mark in unexpected ways. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.4
|
Extraordinary X-Men | 1 issues |
6.4
|
Extraordinary X-Men #1
Nov 5, 2015 |
Extraordinary X-Men #1 is a perfectly passable first issue, but given the talent within its pages we're ultimately left wanting. Jeff Lemire gives us some solid character play and a nifty new roster, but there's little in the way of initial investment. That leaves Humberto Ramos to carry the load, which he mostly does with his excellent art. Hopefully with the team now in play we can expect something a bit more extraordinary going forward. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.1
|
Extremity (2017) | 3 issues |
8.4
|
Extremity (2017) #1
Mar 1, 2017 |
Extremity #1 is a strong debut, driven by Daniel Warren Johnson's excellent characterization and electric art. Johnson takes a pretty straight forward concept and imbues it with new and exciting layers, making for a character first ensemble that packs plenty of visual punch. The attention to character does leave certain aspects of the narrative feeling a bit undefined as of yet, but overall this book is a bloody ball. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.9
|
Extremity (2017) #2
Apr 6, 2017 |
It's still an absurdly pretty book, with the aforementioned Shiloh making one heck of a memorable entrance; it just doesn't register on quite the same emotional level. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.1
|
Extremity (2017) #4
Jun 8, 2017 |
It's an interesting exploration of how guilt and anger can warp perception, and one Johnson seems to get a better handle on with each passing issue. Add in another kinetic round of thundering visuals and Extremity continues its hot streak. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.6
|
Faith | 9 issues |
8.2
|
Faith #3
Sep 15, 2016 |
There are plenty of fun books out there, but few can match Faith when it comes to easy endearment. There's just something eminently likable and relatable to the character, a trait Jody Houser puts on full display with her latest. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.4
|
Faith #5
Nov 3, 2016 |
It's tough to scoff at 48 pages for cover price, but this chapter nonetheless feels like a strong idea not quite executed to its full potential. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Faith #6
Dec 8, 2016 |
While it's always refreshing to see our heroes take the path less traveled, this one comes off as forced. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.1
|
Faith #7
Jan 5, 2017 |
What really works is Houser's characterization here. Much like Faith we're not entirely sure what's real at this point, and while certain moments are definitely played up past the point that is necessary, Faith's uncertainty and lack of, yes, faith, rings clear and true. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.5
|
Faith #8
Feb 2, 2017 |
On a purely narrative level, issue #8 is a bit flat. The cliffhanger from last month ultimately proves unimportant, and the move to a familiar foil doesn't initially offer much. Where issue #8 succeeds is in its examination of character, both with Faith herself and in the importance she places on the expectations of others. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Faith #9
Mar 2, 2017 |
The issue itself is a bit of a throwaway, with its only real conflict coming from an unexpected and easily dispatched adversary, but the sentiment is so strong and Kate Niemczyk's art so sharp that it works on quality of substance alone. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.8
|
Faith #10
Apr 6, 2017 |
The issue is billed as a jumping-on point, and in that spirit writer Jody Houser does a solid job of reestablishing many of the characters, namely villains, we've previously seen over the course of the series. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.7
|
Faith #11
May 4, 2017 |
A nice blend of character and spectacle, this arc continues its strong run |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.9
|
Faith #12
Jun 8, 2017 |
With Faith set to headline her own summer event book in the coming months, it makes sense for Jody Houser to conclude her latest arc with as few lingering strings possible. Unfortunately, the brisk wrap up makes for an unsatisfying end to The Faithless' first super-villain team-up. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.8
|
Faith (Mini-Series) | 4 issues |
8
|
Faith (Mini-Series) #1
Jan 27, 2016 |
Faith is the latest Valiant mini to get off to a good start, Houser and Co. making great initial use of the fan favorite character. The plot is a bit threadbare as of yet, but the strong characterization and referential air, paired with the enjoyable art of Portela and Sauvage, go a long way in earning return readership. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.5
|
Faith (Mini-Series) #2
Feb 25, 2016 |
As a character study Faith #2 is a welcome read, though its impact on the series as a whole is limited. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.7
|
Faith (Mini-Series) #3
Mar 31, 2016 |
It's tough to carry a book on likability alone, but three issues in it's a trick that Faith continues to pull off. It's not that the story isn't good " it just seems like it's still trying to get going, despite the various stop-starts and last second reveals. And considering the book's mini-series nature, that puts a sizable amount of pressure on the finale to pull things together. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Faith (Mini-Series) #4
Apr 28, 2016 |
The speed and convenience in which the book's threat is introduced and summarily dispatched is again noticeable, but the character put forth by Jody Houser, Francis Portella and Marguerite Sauvage is so strong that it's easy to overlook. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.5
|
Flash (2016) | 1 issues |
7.5
|
Flash (2016) #3
Jul 28, 2016 |
While there's the sense that it's yet to fully hit its stride, this remains one of Rebirth's more promising titles. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.4
|
Frankenstein (2015) | 2 issues |
8.4
|
Frankenstein (2015): Underground #4
Jun 25, 2015 |
Just when you think a book revolving around a reanimated corpse of patchwork parts can't get any weirder, Mike Mignola finds a way. His latest issue is steeped with creature feature mythology, the writer deftly entwining the Monster's dark past with his own broader universe. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.3
|
Frankenstein (2015): Underground #5
Jul 23, 2015 |
The series' finale brings many of the book's overarching themes " life, death, and that area in between " to a tumultuous head, Mike Mignola and Ben Stenbeck putting a fine capper on their sprawling mini. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.9
|
Frostbite | 4 issues |
7.5
|
Frostbite #1
Sep 28, 2016 |
Frostbite #1 is a familiar tale, but it's not a bad one, and ultimately it's the quality of work that will keep readers coming back. Joshua Williamson has a clear handle on his characters and his world, his many twists offsetting the equally numerous tropes. Jason Shawn Alexander and Luis NCT combine for a one-two punch of atmosphere and mood, their bleak setting and strong character work immediately engrossing. It's not a runaway hit, but it's a pretty cool read. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.5
|
Frostbite #2
Oct 27, 2016 |
There's an undoubtedly interesting dynamic in play, what with Keaton needing Victoria to help cure her of her illness, while also harboring the secret of Victoria's murdered father. And yet, Williamson's dialogue is so on-the-nose in presenting those connections that it almost ruins seeing them play out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.9
|
Frostbite #5
Jan 26, 2017 |
Any book that sees a woman uppercut a bear deserves a strong look, and it's ultimately Alexander's strong visuals that make us most excited for the final act. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.8
|
Frostbite #6
Feb 23, 2017 |
For a finale, Frosbite #6 is perfectly serviceable. It wraps up the book's signature focus well, brings its character arcs full circle, and even squeezes in a tantalizing promise of future issues down the pike. That said, Joshua Williamson's capper can't help but feel a bit bland when all is said and done. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Ghost Rider (2016) | 1 issues |
4
|
Ghost Rider (2016) #1
Nov 30, 2016 |
Focusing more on splashy guest stars than establishing its title lead, this first issue remains stuck in neutral. Felipe Smith's script has its moments, but the odd plotting and lack of personality hinder any initial investment. Danilo Beyruth gets a few moments to play, but by and large the art never really takes hold. Given what we've seen from the character before this book still holds promise, but this initial chapter does little to prove it. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.8
|
Giant-Size Little Marvel AVX | 2 issues |
7.5
|
Giant-Size Little Marvel AVX #1
Jun 4, 2015 |
Of course, that's not to say he slouches in the art department. Not only is his expressively cartoony style as enjoyable as ever, but he also utilizes physical comedy quite well. These moments, such as Rogue always being on her cell phone (even in battle) or Daredevil's hilarious directional challenges, are great, Young's youthful spirit adding giant size fun to this giant size read. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Giant-Size Little Marvel AVX #3
Aug 6, 2015 |
When the book's script and art come together like this, Giant Size Little Marvel is nothing short of a delight. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
9.0
|
Glitterbomb | 1 issues |
9
|
Glitterbomb #1
Sep 8, 2016 |
It only takes two pages for Glitterbomb #1 to sell itself as something wholly investing. Writer Jim Zub, working on a seedier side of the tracks than what we're accustomed to, pulls no punches in his initial debut, which paints the life of an aging actress in Hollywood in bleak, depressingly honest detail. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Gotham Academy (2014) | 2 issues |
8
|
Gotham Academy (2014) #1
Oct 2, 2014 |
Overall, Gotham Academy stands apart from previous Bat books both in tone and execution. Becky Cloonan and Brenden Fletcher are off to a fine start, though not all of their characters yet feel fully formed. Karl Kerschl proves a great fit for the book's exuberant tone, his stylized visuals sure to garner many return readers. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.9
|
Gotham Academy (2014) #3
Dec 4, 2014 |
Though only three issues in, Gotham Academy has already solidified itself as one of the more uniquely investing books on the rack. Its mix of Scooby Doo hijinks and teen-soap drama continues to prove engaging, writers Becky Cloonan and Brenden Fletcher combining for a number of great character moments. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Grass Kings | 2 issues |
7.9
|
Grass Kings #1
Mar 9, 2017 |
This is the kind of slow burn book that requires a bit of faith on the part of the reader, but with creators like these, we're betting they'll deliver. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Grass Kings #4
Jun 15, 2017 |
As far as slow-burners go, few books simmer better than Grass Kings. Building his story from the characters out, Matt Kindt's latest at last begins to deliver on the complex relationships he's so meticulously crafted. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.6
|
Grayson | 7 issues |
8
|
Grayson #11
Aug 27, 2015 |
Writer King shows a great mind for pacing here, the book's tone subtly shifting from light hearted romp to mind bending thriller in a way that leaves you just as disoriented as the book's eponymous lead. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Grayson #12
Sep 24, 2015 |
With so much emotional kindling we expected Grayson's return to be good, but by hitting the heartstrings and advancing the plot, King and Seeley have delivered something special. With new wheels in motion and the Bat family at long last repaired (sort of), Grayson continues to be just as surprising and entertaining as its eponymous lead. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Grayson #13
Oct 29, 2015 |
It was going to be tough to top last month's wonderful, reunion centric issue, and thus it comes as no surprise that Grayson's latest entrant feels a bit lacking by comparison. That said, Tim Seeley does a solid job of getting the book's primary narrative back on track, turning Dick's focus towards the recently revealed Agent Zero. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
Grayson #15
Dec 10, 2015 |
It's always a crapshoot whenever an existing series is forced to bend its narrative to fit a larger event book, but Grayson's Robin War tie-in is a surprisingly seamless affair. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Grayson #18
Mar 24, 2016 |
It's not a total loss " there's some solid action to be had and a well placed, if slightly confusing cliffhanger " it's just not quite of the quality we've come to expect. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.3
|
Grayson #19
Apr 28, 2016 |
The narrative acrobatics may eventually culminate in a stuck landing, but as of now this book is swinging without a net. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.5
|
Grayson #20
May 26, 2016 |
. Ultimately, it's not the plot that makes issue #20 a winner, but rather the clear sense of character that's consistent throughout. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.7
|
Grayson Annual | 1 issues |
6.7
|
Grayson Annual #2
Sep 30, 2015 |
Grayson's latest annual is a solid affair, Seeley and Martinez gifting some fun moments of humor and super action. At times the characters don't quite seem themselves, but the team does a nice job creating a story in which Dick and Clark would feasibly share time. While it would have been nice to see a few themes further explored (such as Dick's grappling with the newly-amnesiac Batman), there's enough strong art to carry you through. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.9
|
Green Arrow (2011) | 2 issues |
6.8
|
Green Arrow (2011) #38
Jan 7, 2015 |
Visually, Daniel Sampere uses the team-up premise to nice effect, ably mixing the more fantastical power set of Green Lantern with Green Arrow's more real-world abilities. The "Lantern" arrow is a definite highlight, though it is interesting that the same shot achieves an entirely different result on the second try. Comic physics maybe? Despite some weird angles, Sampere's facial work is noticeably improved this go round, the artist effectively capturing the character's various emotions. His King is still more a figurehead than anything else, but his look is still evil enough to know he means business. The new Green Arrow remains a work in progress, but with Ollie seemingly having FAILED HIS CITY, the book's stakes appear prepped to raise even higher. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.9
|
Green Arrow (2011) #39
Feb 5, 2015 |
Green Arrow continues its everything-but-the-kitchen-sink approach, Andrew Kreisberg and Ben Sokolowski building towards the finale of their first arc. The various escalating events do well in creating interest for what's to come, but it also leaves issue #39 feeling a bit forced as a result. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.5
|
Green Lantern (2011) Annual | 1 issues |
6.5
|
Green Lantern (2011) Annual #4
Oct 1, 2015 |
While the annual is far from required reading, it does serve to fill in some notable blanks. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.3
|
Green Lantern: The Lost Army | 1 issues |
7.3
|
Green Lantern: The Lost Army #3
Aug 20, 2015 |
For a book supposedly outside of the main Lantern universe, The Lost Army sure has a lot of connection to it. That's not necessarily a bad thing, but after a bright start the series is veering dangerously close to rehash territory. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.7
|
Green Lanterns | 5 issues |
8
|
Green Lanterns #11
Nov 17, 2016 |
At this point, the rainbow corps are a familiar trip to the well, which makes the initial introduction of the Phantom Lantern feel somewhat ho-hum. What ultimately proves the difference here is Sam Humphries' layered characterization, the writer imbuing glory-hound Frank with just enough earnest passion to keep him relatable. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.9
|
Green Lanterns #12
Dec 8, 2016 |
While issue #12 reads as a bit of a rehash in regards to the Phantom Lantern's psyche, there's enough new insight gained to make up for any perceived stalling. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.7
|
Green Lanterns #14
Jan 5, 2017 |
Despite the many conflicting natures shown, the villain ultimately falls into one-note territory, never feeling particularly important to the story at hand. However, Humphries again manages to get great mileage out of how Earth's greenest Lanterns are affected by the ongoing conflict, with Simon and especially Jessica seeing some much needed and well constructed growth. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.6
|
Green Lanterns #22
May 4, 2017 |
Humphries' pacing is a little off here"the appearance of Kyle Rayner is so quick and random that it takes a few pages for it to really sink in"but overall he does a great job of capturing the awe and spectacle that would likely overwhelm any shiny-eyed recruit. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.3
|
Green Lanterns #24
Jun 8, 2017 |
Sam Humphries' latest arc has much in common with the constructs his Lanterns conjure " it's pretty on the surface, but behind it all is a story struggling to keep its shape. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.7
|
Green Lanterns: Rebirth | 1 issues |
7.7
|
Green Lanterns: Rebirth #1
Jun 1, 2016 |
Green Lanterns: Rebirth #1 is a strong start to an engaging premise. While setup heavy, it also contains a strong sense of character, something reflected in the easy, if reluctant, chemistry between its leads. The early lack of a true series artist makes expectations tough to come by, but the overall tone presented here offers plenty of promise going forward. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.9
|
Guardians 3000 | 1 issues |
5.9
|
Guardians 3000 #1
Oct 2, 2014 |
Guardians 3000 brims with potential, but as of now it's weighted down by a heady script and some overly confusing dialogue. A second read through provides insight that should aid in the book's overall appeal, though the property's overall popularity may not be enough to save it in the long run. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.5
|
Guardians of the Galaxy (2013) | 8 issues |
6.8
|
Guardians of the Galaxy (2013) #17
Jul 30, 2014 |
Guardians of the Galaxy #17 is a brisk read that ultimately does nothing save for reuniting the titular team, a necessary yet no less plodding outing. With teases of a Spartax revolt and an unknown role for Venom, things are sure to turn around, but for now the Guardians story most worth investing in is likely on the silver screen. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.5
|
Guardians of the Galaxy (2013) #19
Sep 24, 2014 |
There is substance here, particularly in the scenes between Quill and Gamora, but it's buried under so much flash and silly humor that Quill's grave recounting falls flat. We've still got an issue to go till we find out what really went down -- hopefully it'll prove worth the wait. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5.8
|
Guardians of the Galaxy (2013) #20
Oct 29, 2014 |
It's a disappointing end, and one that isn't easily remedied by the book's artistic team. Ed McGuinness and Valerio Schiti turn in some solid pages, but their styles are so vastly different that the switch between them is quite noticeable. It also doesn't help that the book has three different inkers, resulting in three distinctly different degrees of hatching and shadow. Honestly, issue #20 feels like a book the creators were forced to make, a cobbled together attempt to tie-up a long unsolved end. It's serviceable enough as a whole, but Richard Rider, and his fans, deserved better. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.5
|
Guardians of the Galaxy (2013) #21
Nov 20, 2014 |
With Venom as the focus Bendis is able to take things a bit darker, exploring the suddenly weakened connection between Thompson and his increasingly surly symbiote. While the writer does little beyond presenting the initial conflict, he does a solid job implicating things to come, using secondary characters to tease the symbiote's soon to be expanding mythos. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.7
|
Guardians of the Galaxy (2013) #22
Dec 17, 2014 |
Of course, if all you're looking for is pure symbiote-in-space action, issue #22 has you covered. Valerio Schiti again tackles the bulk of the art duties here, he and David Lopez combining for some awesome shape-shifting shootouts. Schiti shows a fine eye for choreography this go round, the book's constantly changing circumstances allowing for a number of arresting visuals, both in character and design. His design can veer a bit cartoony at times, especially with Rocket, but overall it's his great action pieces (and fun movie Easter eggs) that make this an issue worth reading. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4.8
|
Guardians of the Galaxy (2013) #23
Jan 21, 2015 |
With so much of the writing feeling disjointed, artist Valerio Schiti is left to carry the rest of the book. He does his best, crafting some unique and eye catching spreads, but as a whole his depiction of the Klyntar and their world comes off as somewhat lackluster. Much of this has to do with the issue's overly rushed presentation, but when you have one chance to add to canonical history, you gotta swing for the fences. That doesn't happen, and with the next chapter of the Guardians' tale already set in motion, Planet of the Symbiotes feels like a distant memory. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.4
|
Guardians of the Galaxy (2013) #24
Feb 11, 2015 |
That particular moment is a highlight in a read full of them, artist Schiti turning in one of his best issues yet. Freed of the confining quarters of the ship, the artist shows some excellent vision, crafting a number of visuals impressive in scope and design. He also deserves some major kudos for his character work this time around. There are a lot of bodies to this installment, and all of them look great, Schiti showing nice use of body language and expression. We'll need more than good art to keep this event investing, but with Schiti involved it's almost enough. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.4
|
Guardians of the Galaxy (2013) #25
Mar 26, 2015 |
Inconsistency aside, issue #25 sure is pretty. Valerio Schiti has been turning in some consistently great work with this event and this issue is no different, his pages dynamic and captivating. The attack and subsequent destruction of Hala proves an immediate highlight, as exemplified by an impressive four-page stretch showcasing the means and the aftermath. The artist's character work also continues to impress, his group scenes and focused interactions making great use of mannerism and expression. Issue #25 has its faults, but Schiti makes it better. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.8
|
Hadrian's Wall | 2 issues |
8
|
Hadrian's Wall #1
Sep 14, 2016 |
Hadrian's Wall #1 is a strong debut from an equally strong creative team. Kyle Higgins and Alec Siegel get the premise laid out quickly and efficiently, with lead Simon sticking out as an immediate character worth following. The sense of suspense is only furthered by Rod Reis' atmospheric art, his excellent facial work and tonal use of color generating easy investment. A whodunnit set in space? We're in. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.5
|
Hadrian's Wall #3
Nov 17, 2016 |
More character development is never a bad thing, but in the case of issue #3, the laser focus on lead Simon does leave other parts of the narrative wanting. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Harbinger: Renegade | 1 issues |
8
|
Harbinger: Renegade #1
Nov 17, 2016 |
With a direction that looks to appease fans old and new, Harbinger's return is one worth watching. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
9.3
|
Hawkeye (2012) | 3 issues |
9
|
Hawkeye (2012) #20
Sep 10, 2014 |
Really, the script as a whole benefits from Wu's gift for subtle nuance. Her facial contortions and physical quirks are fantastic -- you can tell the mood and general demeanor of Kate just by looking at her, no small feat when that mood changes every three panels. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Hawkeye (2012) #21
Feb 4, 2015 |
As always, Fraction's timed beats and engaging quirks live and die with artist David Aja. He hasn't disappointed yet and he sure as heck doesn't now, his pages at once brilliant and immersive. The artist has such a keen understanding of what is happening and what needs to happen, his panels numerous but never wasted. He combines with colorist Matt Hollingsworth for some incredible imagery, mixing detailed lines with beautifully simplistic design. The initial arrival of the Tracksuit Draculas is punctuated by the vanishing of a bike and the growing dots of headlights, Aja using little to convey much. And that final page...good luck making it out of that one unscathed. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
10
|
Hawkeye (2012) #22
Jul 16, 2015 |
It's a day we hoped would never come, but Hawkeye's exit proves worthy of everything that's come before. The team of Matt Fraction and David Aja deliver a masterful finale, they, along with Matt Hollingsworth and letterer Chris Eliopoulos, turning in yet another thrilling chapter of character and heart. They don't push too hard or go too big, instead delivering the same understated, excellently plotted storytelling that's helped elevate Hawkeye from afterthought to fan favorite. It's an end to soon, but what a great end indeed. Thanks for the memories, bro. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.4
|
Hawkeye (2016) | 6 issues |
8.8
|
Hawkeye (2016) #1
Dec 14, 2016 |
Hawkeye #1 hits the ground running and never looks back, the creative team of Kelly Thompson, Leonardo Romero and Jordie Bellaire on target early and often. Their Kate is one immediately believable and root-worthy, her sharp wit and numerous talents put to great use from the start. With fantastic art and some strong early setup, it's easy to get excited by the potential shown here. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
Hawkeye (2016) #3
Feb 2, 2017 |
Kate Bishop deserves a strong creative team, and thus far Thompson, Romero and Bellaire are delivering. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.3
|
Hawkeye (2016) #4
Mar 2, 2017 |
Though only four issues in, this is a series that very much knows what it is and what makes it work, something we can't wait to see pay further dividends down the line. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Hawkeye (2016) #5
Apr 6, 2017 |
With any guest spot, there's always the worry that the guest star may overshadow or unnecessarily undermine the lead character. And thankfully, it's a concern that's unfounded here, as Kelly Thompson is able to construct the perfect vehicle for both Kate Bishop and Jessica Jones to coexist. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
Hawkeye (2016) #6
May 4, 2017 |
With every passing issue it gets more and more apparent that Kelly Thompson is the perfect writer for this series |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
Hawkeye (2016) #7
Jun 8, 2017 |
Super-powered guest spots and rampaging dragon people will always have their place in comics, but the more personal focus to Hawkeye's latest arc looks to be a welcome one. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Hawkeye Vs. Deadpool | 4 issues |
8
|
Hawkeye Vs. Deadpool #0
Sep 3, 2014 |
Speaking of character work -- Matteo Lolli proves an excellent fit for the mashup, utilizing layouts and themes from both books to great effect. The artist shows a great eye for storytelling, highlighting the various quirks and idiosyncrasies in ways that are continually amusing. While the two heroes don't come to blows this issue (at least not really) it's clear that their continued interactions will lead to some further shenanigans down the road. Can. Not. Wait. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
Hawkeye Vs. Deadpool #1
Oct 8, 2014 |
With a great creative team and an even greater cast, Hawkeye vs. Deadpool continues to exceed nearly every expectation faced thus far. Duggan advances his narrative just enough to remind us that it's there, but in the end it's the book's ever present wit and awesome art that will keep us coming back for more. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.3
|
Hawkeye Vs. Deadpool #2
Nov 13, 2014 |
Whether it's discussing the merits of owning a sky cycle, debating the membership process of the Avengers or agreeing on who may or may not have seen a naked wizard, Hawkeye vs. Deadpool remains an absurdly fun time. Writer Gerry Duggan already has the book's balance down, mixing high octane action with rampant situational humor. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Hawkeye Vs. Deadpool #4
Jan 7, 2015 |
Also a bit confusing is the dual art duties shared by Matteo Lolli and Jacopo Camagni. Characters look almost completely different at times, particularly Black Cat, and the red herring at issues' end is made all the more confusing by an errant color swap. That said, the artists definitely nail the book's wild energy, combining for a number of pages both ridiculous and chuckle worthy. Hawkeye vs. Deadpool may not have been the versus book some may have expected, but as a pure team-up mini it hits pretty darn close to a bull's-eye. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.2
|
Heartthrob | 1 issues |
8.2
|
Heartthrob #1
Apr 14, 2016 |
Getting a complicated premise off and running is no simple feat, but man do Christopher Sebela and Robert Wilson IV make it look easy. Heartthrob #1 is assured from its opening page, each subsequent flip only furthering the book's clear cut sense of identity. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.5
|
House of Penance | 1 issues |
8.5
|
House of Penance #1
Apr 14, 2016 |
House of Penance #1, from the creative team of Peter J. Tomasi, Ian Bertram and Dave Stewart, is a debut of immediate and riveting intrigue. Drawing influence from Sarah Winchester's famed Mystery House, Penance #1 offers a dark look at the physical and psychological effects of loss and guilt, as told through the unblinking eyes of the titular structure's warden. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
9.5
|
Howard The Duck (2015) | 1 issues |
9.5
|
Howard The Duck (2015) #1
Mar 12, 2015 |
Chip Zdarsky and Joe Quinones make a great team. Not only have they successfully revived a walking punch line but they've done so in hilarious style, their debut as entertaining as it is self assured. Time will tell how well the book's rampant absurdity will hold up, but as far as new debuts go, it's tough to find one more fun than this. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.8
|
Howard The Duck (2016) | 2 issues |
8
|
Howard The Duck (2016) #5
Mar 10, 2016 |
Howard the Duck #5 offers everything but the kitchen sink, and given the involvement of Chip Zdarsky and Joe Quinones, it likely won't be long before the sink comes into play. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.5
|
Howard The Duck (2016) #10
Sep 1, 2016 |
With only one issue left to go, Howard's swan (duck?) song shows no signs of slowing down. If anything, it's ramping up, as self-aware alien manipulators Chip and Joe - sorry, Chipp and Jho - continue to throw everything they can at their unflappable hero. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.5
|
Howard the Human | 1 issues |
7.5
|
Howard the Human #1
Aug 20, 2015 |
It's a fun twist to a familiar structure, and one writer Skottie Young plays up well with a series of in-gags and visual cues. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.6
|
Huck | 2 issues |
7.5
|
Huck #3
Jan 14, 2016 |
Huck may be the least flashy title in Mark Millar's eclectic stable, and in many ways that's both its biggest draw and largest knock. It's an entirely character driven read, and considering that the main character is one of little words and even littler complications, that makes the book's enduring narrative one tough to fully get behind. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.7
|
Huck #4
Feb 18, 2016 |
Huck has been nothing if not an entertaining read, yet despite its enjoyable story there's yet to be any sense of real momentum. Well, check your ticket stubs and secure your brain luggage because the momentum train has left the station. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Hulk (2016) | 2 issues |
7.3
|
Hulk (2016) #2
Jan 26, 2017 |
We'll need more from the narrative overall to fully buy in to this series, but the character is in good hands. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.7
|
Hulk (2016) #4
Mar 23, 2017 |
There's plenty of humor and heart in these pages, but the narrative's coaster climb needs to get around the next bend. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.6
|
Iceman (2017) | 1 issues |
6.6
|
Iceman (2017) #2
Jun 22, 2017 |
When compared to its solid debut, Iceman's latest X-ploits aren't quite so fully formed. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Immortal Brothers: The Tale of the Green Knight | 1 issues |
8
|
Immortal Brothers: The Tale of the Green Knight #1
Apr 13, 2017 |
The Princess Bride by way of a table-top game master, this standalone is a hoot. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Imperial | 1 issues |
8
|
Imperial #1
Aug 7, 2014 |
Imperial is a fun time from start to finish, Seagle and Dos Santos combining for a number of entertaining moments. What's best, the creators appear to know exactly the kind of book they're trying to create, nicely balancing the irreverent with the heartfelt. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Imperium | 1 issues |
8
|
Imperium #1
Feb 5, 2015 |
Imperium is off to a solid, if murky, start, but we want to know more. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.8
|
Infinity Gauntlet (2015) | 1 issues |
6.8
|
Infinity Gauntlet (2015) #3
Aug 6, 2015 |
Weaver's kinetic, detailed art may be great, but the narrative itself could use some tuning. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Inhuman | 8 issues |
6.8
|
Inhuman #3
Aug 14, 2014 |
While the script by Charles Soule has it's moments, it also feels awfully hurried, Soule quickly breezing through some solid character work in order to set up the book's knuckle-swinging climax. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.5
|
Inhuman #4
Aug 28, 2014 |
Though technically still in its first arc, the latest issue of Inhuman feels almost like a different book. Obviously the artistic switch from Joe Madureira to Ryan Stegman plays a large role, but even Charles Soule seems to have shifted gears, focusing on entirely new events and characters. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.3
|
Inhuman #7
Oct 30, 2014 |
Inhuman's latest arc starts with a literal bang, so here's hoping the creators involved can keep that forward momentum humming. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.8
|
Inhuman #8
Nov 20, 2014 |
Charles Soule has spent a fair amount of time building his characters and their world, and in issue #8 said characterization begins to pay dividends. We're finally starting to see the book's many pieces come into play, and while the larger narrative is still a bit too loose for its own good, Soule's engaging script and solid character work prove enough to continue vested interest. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5.7
|
Inhuman #9
Dec 4, 2014 |
Inhuman's Axis tie-in comes at the worst possible time, as the book's increasingly promising direction is forced to take a sudden and unwelcome swerve. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.9
|
Inhuman #11
Jan 29, 2015 |
Charles Soule essentially sweeps Inhuman's AXIS offshoot under the rug, with only Medusa's arc maintaining any real sense of continuity. What's there is solid enough in terms of development, but it feels so forced comparatively that many of her story beats fall short. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Inhuman #12
Feb 26, 2015 |
Inhuman isn't quite at must buy levels, but it remains a solid dose of superhero action and familial drama. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.9
|
Inhuman #13
Mar 26, 2015 |
Following weeks and weeks of non-stop pummeling, Charles Soule at last allows his characters a brief respite. At first glance this decision appears strong, opening the door for some much needed development amongst his young cast. Unfortunately, said development never really takes off, as aside from a few quick panels of introspective analysis we don't really get anything new. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Inhumans: Attilan Rising | 2 issues |
7.4
|
Inhumans: Attilan Rising #1
May 28, 2015 |
Writer Charles Soule gives his squad the Battleworld treatment, offering a mostly simple tale made better by a slew of entertaining cameos. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.5
|
Inhumans: Attilan Rising #5
Sep 24, 2015 |
As far as tie-end endings go this one is certainly passable, with some great art and a killer whoopsie moment, but as an Inhuman book that looks to say and be something new, Soule and Timms seem to take their cue from the Inhuman's newly minted and muted leader. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.7
|
Invisible Republic | 3 issues |
8.2
|
Invisible Republic #1
Mar 19, 2015 |
Whereas most future sci-fi tales begin with the world, Invisible Republic builds from its characters. Such structure makes the new debut from Gabriel Hardman and Corinna Bechko quickly engaging, the book's plot piloted by very human drama. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.1
|
Invisible Republic #3
May 28, 2015 |
Gabriel Hardman and Corinna Bechko don't do a whole lot to advance here, instead using plot lines both past and present to up the book's already considerable intrigue. It mostly works, but for different reasons. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.9
|
Invisible Republic #4
Jun 25, 2015 |
While the prevailing mystery surrounding Invisible Republic remains interesting, the book is at its best when it focuses on the world and how it shapes its characters. Issue #4 gives us ample doses of both as Gabriel Hardman and Corinna Bechko open their narrative substantially following last issue's more contained structure. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.1
|
Iron Fist: The Living Weapon | 4 issues |
8.2
|
Iron Fist: The Living Weapon #2
May 8, 2014 |
There's some intense stuff here (particularly that last page) and though the script can be a mite confusing at times if you don't know the players, Andrews' strong writing and remarkably detailed art drives this one home. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
Iron Fist: The Living Weapon #3
Jun 5, 2014 |
There's a lot going on here, both in terms of plot and character, and though some of the symbolism is a bit too on the nose at times, it succeeds in garnering an emotional response. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.8
|
Iron Fist: The Living Weapon #5
Aug 7, 2014 |
Andrews is juggling a ridiculous amount of moving parts here, and while he's proved adept thus far at managing them, there's a definite "style over substance" vibe that negates some of the emotional beats he's striving to hit. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.7
|
Iron Fist: The Living Weapon #6
Sep 4, 2014 |
Iron Fist continues to be one of the most maddeningly inconsistent books in Marvel's stable. On the one hand, there's so much to like, Kaare Kyle Andrews again delivering a great blend of high stakes action and intricately constructed visuals. Conversely, he also tends to try to stuff every page and panel with additional gravity and meaning, leading to a revolving carousel of characters and plot points. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Jean Grey | 2 issues |
7.7
|
Jean Grey #2
May 25, 2017 |
A standout spread featuring floors of rampaging Reavers offers a glimpse of this series' vast potential, making the wait for next month an impatient one. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.3
|
Jean Grey #3
Jun 29, 2017 |
There's a clear formula to this series " Jean teams up with a guest star, learns from them, and in turn learns something about herself"but that sense of expectation in no way diminishes the series' overall entertainment value. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.5
|
Jem and the Holograms | 1 issues |
7.5
|
Jem and the Holograms #1
Mar 26, 2015 |
Jem and The Holograms' first issue gets a lot of things right. The tone and characterization are strong and inviting, as are Ross Campbell's well realized visuals. The setup is a bit long overall, but does serve the story well in setting up further adventures yet to come. It may not be for everyone, but its open and accessible enough to merit a shot. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.7
|
John Flood | 1 issues |
7.7
|
John Flood #1
Aug 6, 2015 |
We've barely scratched the surface of what Flood, and his creative team, can do, but what's here is certainly promising. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Josie and the Pussycats | 4 issues |
7.5
|
Josie and the Pussycats #1
Sep 29, 2016 |
It's not quite a showstopper yet, but in time we can see it moving up the charts. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.1
|
Josie and the Pussycats #2
Nov 3, 2016 |
Josie and The Pussycats' debut was a somewhat sporadic affair, the pinball narrative making it tough to settle on the book's overall tone. It's only clear after reading issue #2 that the always-forward ebullience of the debut actually IS the tone, and it's that knowledge that makes this read so entertaining. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.3
|
Josie and the Pussycats #4
Feb 2, 2017 |
As wise as it is witty, Bennett, Deordio and Mok continue to hit the right notes. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.2
|
Josie and the Pussycats #5
Mar 9, 2017 |
Marguerite Bennett and Cameron Deordio have no problem balancing pop culture overload with fourth-wall-breaking winks, but it's the book's consistently strong focus on building real and relatable characters that makes it work. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.3
|
Judge Dredd: Blessed Earth Annual | 1 issues |
8.3
|
Judge Dredd: Blessed Earth Annual: 2017
Mar 2, 2017 |
While the cover price is fairly steep, this issue packs in a pretty sizable helping of Judge Dredd goodness. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.6
|
Jughead (2015) | 7 issues |
8.5
|
Jughead (2015) #1
Oct 8, 2015 |
As the first of the non-Archie specific offshoots, Jughead #1 delivers. It's clever, funny, and brimming with energy, Zdarsky's sly humor a perfect complement to Henderson's quirky stylings. While some of the character choices and design work feels just off, the book's premise and creative team allow for a debut just as entertaining as the Archie title it spun from. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.5
|
Jughead (2015) #4
Feb 11, 2016 |
It's never anything less than fun"Erica Henderson's increasingly boisterous visuals and solid character play makes sure of that"but it is becoming a tad formulaic, the many stop-starts again limiting the book's overarching plot. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.5
|
Jughead (2015) #5
Mar 31, 2016 |
While the overall plot continues to plod, the setup itself is nonetheless amusing, as Chip Zdarsky's mines the teenage information hub that is the mall for pertinent information. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Jughead (2015) #8
Aug 4, 2016 |
Issue #8 reads very much as a book spinning its wheels, serving as neither an ending to Zdarsky's run nor a precursor for things to come. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
Jughead (2015) #10
Oct 27, 2016 |
Don't let the change in creative teams deter you; this book is still a treat. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Jughead (2015) #11
Dec 1, 2016 |
It's in the back half of the issue that North really pulls things together, the heartfelt exchange between Jughead and Sabrina doing wonders for both characters. Not only does he turn in perhaps the most fully formed and self aware version of Jughead yet, but his Sabrina too reads as layered and well realized - their pairing is surprisingly organic and one easy to enjoy. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.3
|
Jughead (2015) #16
Jun 29, 2017 |
Seeing as Mark Waid was the initial tone-setter of Archie's modern revival, it seems strange to pan the writer's latest as being overly familiar. And yet that's exactly how he and Ian Flynn's script comes across, initially reading more as a rehash of past Jughead arcs than a true continuation of its creative spirit. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.4
|
Jughead: The Hunger (2017) One Shot | 1 issues |
8.4
|
Jughead: The Hunger (2017) #1
Mar 30, 2017 |
As creepy as it is fun, this is one one-shot that will leave you hungry for more. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.3
|
Jupiter's Circle | 1 issues |
7.3
|
Jupiter's Circle #1
Apr 8, 2015 |
As of now this direction appears to be a calculated risk, as really very little of Circle echoes that of its predecessor. Whereas the former focused on the challenges of generation and, well, legacy, Jupiter's Circle offers a simpler time, where heroic lives in the public eye are potentially undercut by that which they partake behind it. In lesser hands said premise would appear all too familiar, but in the hands of artist Torres it becomes a true tight-rope walk of intrigue and deception. His clean, crisp style evokes a strong Silver Age feel, his pages never flashy but always engrossing. This is a read in which the capes feel secondary, the book's more grounded tone amplifying its more personal nature. There's improvement to be had in terms of crafting real and lasting investment, but with Torres involved we're willing to play it out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.7
|
Justice League (2011) | 2 issues |
8.8
|
Justice League (2011) #31
Jun 25, 2014 |
The debut of the new Power Ring has been a long time coming, especially considering the glimpse we got waaaay back in Green Lantern #20 (look it up!). The ring's newest victim, Jessica Cruz, is interesting enough, the brief backstory we get appropriately depressing. Even the meeting at issues end has been seemingly on the books, effectively promising our first real look at what the new Power Ring can do. Johns' Lex holds all the cards at this point, and it'll be interesting to see how Justice League unfolds going forward. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.6
|
Justice League (2011) #38
Jan 21, 2015 |
Though mostly set-up to the book's creepy new turn, issue #38 is never anything less than engaging, Johns and Fabok delivering a number of exciting moments and surprising twists. Justice League has shown a real return to form of late, and with the bad getting worse, here's hoping the trend continues. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.7
|
Justice League (2011) One Shot | 1 issues |
6.7
|
Justice League (2011): Futures End #1
Sep 17, 2014 |
In the end, Justice League: Futures End #1 isn't bad, but it's not particularly great either. Lemire and Dougherty deliver a solid tale that hits all the right beats, but their version of the future isn't one quite worth investing in. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Justice League (2016) | 1 issues |
6
|
Justice League (2016) #7
Oct 19, 2016 |
Hitch ends the issue on an uncertain note making it unclear if the story arc is over or continuing next issue. A bigger question perhaps is whether it's worth looking forward to the next issue either way. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.8
|
Justice League / Power Rangers | 4 issues |
7.8
|
Justice League / Power Rangers #1
Jan 11, 2017 |
Justice League/Mighty Morphin Power Rangers #1 isn't perfect, but it's a solid start to a promising crossover. Tom Taylor and Stephen Byrne show a clear appreciation for the properties and their fans, delivering an entertaining romp with plenty of standout moments. The extended setup and lack of strong character work makes for a quick read, but one that has plenty of room to get even better. This meeting has already happened in your head countless times over - time to see it on the page. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.3
|
Justice League / Power Rangers #2
Feb 8, 2017 |
A step back from its debut, this installment fails to fully take advantage of the opportunities the book's pairing presents. Tom Taylor's characters are mostly true to form, but their shared interactions offer little sense of momentum beyond that expected. Stephen Byrne's art fares a little better, but at times his clean style and minute detail comes up lacking. It's still an overall pretty read, but one yet to fully deliver on its promise. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.5
|
Justice League / Power Rangers #3
Mar 8, 2017 |
Another issue, another set of unmet expectations for this series. Tom Taylor has done a solid job of building a tale that fits tonally with both properties, but the drawn out plotting and overabundance of DC characters ultimately pushes the Power Rangers out of the picture here. There's fun to be had"including an abundance of teenagers-on-dinosaurs zingers"but it doesn't fully translate to a strong installment. Stephen Byrne's art gives the issue an appealing sheen, but we're still waiting for that breakout issue that ties it all together. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.6
|
Justice League / Power Rangers #4
May 18, 2017 |
While a perfectly serviceable tale, it's still hard to pinpoint just who Tom Taylor is trying to reach with this series. In writing something that appears geared to all-ages, Taylor's overly general script fails to hit any real resonant notes with either property, despite the many overly convenient plot devices he uses to instigate them. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.7
|
Justice League of America (2017) | 1 issues |
6.7
|
Justice League of America (2017) #8
Jun 15, 2017 |
A decent hook and Felipe Watanabe's strong art provides some positives, but overall this is a book still searching for an audience. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Kamandi Challenge | 4 issues |
8.3
|
Kamandi Challenge #1
Jan 25, 2017 |
Good natured competition is always fun, and in the Kamandi Challenge DC has a concept that's both inventive and entertaining. The early creative teams do a great job of putting down pieces for the following teams to pick up, with the end page revelations offering equally interesting insight. With 14 creators set to take their turns at the shirtless wheel, this is one challenge you should certainly accept. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Kamandi Challenge #2
Feb 23, 2017 |
Fast, fun, and brimming with creative competition, this series is a true treat. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.7
|
Kamandi Challenge #3
Mar 30, 2017 |
The book's "wait, there's more!" structure may eventually peter out in the long run, but for at least one more issue the Kamandi Challenge remains a fast and loose good time. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Kamandi Challenge #4
Apr 27, 2017 |
The ever forward nature of this story doesn't allow for many breathers, but as far as pure entertainment goes, this book is an easy sell. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.5
|
Kaptara (2015) | 1 issues |
7.5
|
Kaptara (2015) #3
Jun 25, 2015 |
It's that rare book that you like but can't always tell why, so jumbled are its themes and overall sense of direction. In many ways the script reads as a "best hits" sort of ode to the space adventure genre, with Chip Zdarsky doing his best to cram in as many unique set pieces as possible. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.6
|
Kill Or Be Killed | 4 issues |
8
|
Kill Or Be Killed #1
Aug 4, 2016 |
When Ed Brubaker, Sean Phillips and Elizabeth Breitweiser get together, good things happen. Their latest collaboration looks to continue that winning streak, the debut propelled by its unique premise and solid early characterization. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.7
|
Kill Or Be Killed #5
Jan 19, 2017 |
This isn't a book you read quickly, but rather one you pore over and read again. If you doubted this premise had legs, issue #5 will set you right. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.3
|
Kill Or Be Killed #6
Feb 16, 2017 |
While wordy, Brubaker's narration does an excellent job of breaking down the stakes of each player involved, even as he moves others around the periphery of our leads. It's a focused approach that absolutely thrives due to Sean Phillips' rich character work. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9.2
|
Kill Or Be Killed #9
Jun 1, 2017 |
Few books play out with as much cinematic grace, and few leave you wanting more like this creative team. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.4
|
Kill the Minotaur | 1 issues |
8.4
|
Kill the Minotaur #1
Jun 15, 2017 |
Putting a fresh spin on an age-old myth is no easy feat, but that's exactly what Chris Pasetto and Christian Cantamessa have done with this first issue. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
King | 1 issues |
7
|
King #1
Aug 13, 2015 |
King #1 is undoubtedly fun, filled to the brim with wild set pieces and anthropomorphic action. It also feels a bit out of control, the overarching narrative unfolding in fits and spurts. Joshua Hale Fialkov and Bernard Chang make for a promising pair, but as of now the book's big means better philosophy hasn't quite fulfilled on its promise. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Lake of Fire | 1 issues |
8
|
Lake of Fire #1
Aug 25, 2016 |
Making full use of its oversized format, Lake of Fire #1 is at once sprawling, immersive debut. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.4
|
Lazarus | 10 issues |
8.4
|
Lazarus #9
Jul 3, 2014 |
If you're a fan of high concept drama and expansive world building, Lazarus remains a top pick. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
Lazarus #11
Sep 11, 2014 |
Rucka, already proven as a master of scheming, delivers yet again, his pacing deliberate and plotted to the smallest detail. All the world building he's done, both subtle and unsubtle, begins to pay dividends here, the rivalry between the factions reaching a level of intrigue we've yet to see. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Lazarus #12
Oct 22, 2014 |
Trading bulletproof vests for ball gowns, Michael Lark yet again delivers the good stuff. One has to wonder just how he reacted upon seeing a script filled with pages of dancing and lavish backdrops, but he comes through in every regard, creating a truly immersive experience. His ability to generate mood has proved hugely important to the book's overall proceedings, and with the sudden surprise at issue's end, chances are he'll need those talents now more than ever. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.6
|
Lazarus #14
Jan 15, 2015 |
Rucka's writing is as magnetic and terse as ever, yet much of the book's tension comes courtesy of artist Michael Lark. His physical pacing is phenomenal this issue, panels flowing with a cinematic zest befitting the best spy thrillers film has to offer. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.8
|
Lazarus #15
Feb 19, 2015 |
While slower story wise save for one sudden swerve, Lark's excellent art drives another excellent issue. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.7
|
Lazarus #17
Jun 18, 2015 |
Greg Rucka and Michael Lark have spent a good deal of time building and cultivating their Families and the world they inhabit, and at long last they're ready to set them against each other. Building off the duplicitous events of his Conclave arc, Rucka's latest script brings war, and lots of it. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
Lazarus #18
Jul 30, 2015 |
Michael Lark gets some excellent action sequences to work with, his cinematic eye detailing everything from covert stealth strikes to impressive displays of lethal efficiency. His ability to generate tension sans words continues to be a huge part of Lazarus' visual appeal, as exemplified by the issue's left field ending that'll leave you blinking in disbelief. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Lazarus #24
Sep 1, 2016 |
Greg Rucka's Lazarus workstation must be a maze of photos and yarn, so complex are the various connections and relationships that inhabit his world. And yet, despite each new layer, each uncovered past or secret motivation, the story never gets so loaded with extraneous detail that comprehension is lost. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Lazarus #25
Oct 13, 2016 |
In 22 some-odd pages the duo explores a long running reveal, presents a major power shift and introduces a terrifying and brutally effective new foe. And not once does the story feel bloated or unnaturally forced, each new revelation and obstacle feeling organic and earned. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.8
|
Lazarus #26
Mar 30, 2017 |
Delays aside, Lazarus continues to be one Image's most consistently top notch titles. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.7
|
Legendary Star-Lord | 4 issues |
7.8
|
Legendary Star-Lord #1
Jul 2, 2014 |
Legendary Star-Lord #1 does just enough to set it apart from the main series, driven by the book's amazing art. Humphries appears well at ease in his new surroundings, and with a new, personal entrant of Quill's now in play, the misadventures of Star-Lord aim to be mighty legendary indeed. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.8
|
Legendary Star-Lord #3
Sep 4, 2014 |
Now THAT'S some Legendary Star-Lord. After two fun but average issues, Sam Humphries and Paco Medina get it right with issue #3, delivering a riotous and involving read. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.2
|
Legendary Star-Lord #6
Dec 4, 2014 |
Kitty Pryde has proven to be a welcome addition despite her relatively brief appearances, but unfortunately Humphries' attempt to intermix her involvement with the current narrative doesn't quite pay off. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.8
|
Legendary Star-Lord #7
Feb 18, 2015 |
This feeling of been there, done that unfortunately spills over into the art department as well. Paco Medina is a fantastic penciler, but so many of his beats feel like rehashes from the first two chapters that it's tough to get all that invested. The book's most exciting moment turns out to be nothing more than a projected apparition, so while the art is very good, it's not entirely memorable. We've more ground yet to cover and more Vortex yet to submit -- hopefully there's some story worth sticking around for. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.8
|
Lobo (2014) | 1 issues |
6.8
|
Lobo (2014) #1
Oct 2, 2014 |
As mentioned, artist Brown does a solid job executing the book's numerous action beats, yet while his Lobo is certainly capable, he doesn't quite possess the same machismo swagger we've come to expect from the character. Perhaps it's unfair to hold the creators to the standard of what came before, but it's nevertheless difficult to fully buy in to the book's events, especially considering the book's romantic, oddly accent-less flashback to Lobo's life on Czarnia. Time will tell what kind of book Lobo wants to be, but as of now his ongoing lacks bite. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.5
|
Loki: Agent of Asgard | 1 issues |
8.5
|
Loki: Agent of Asgard #4
May 8, 2014 |
Though Old Loki is conspicuously absent, the book brims with great content, featuring everything from the appearance of a Marvel heavy, an intriguing meeting and a tasty recipe for salmon. A godly union, indeed. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.5
|
Loki: Ragnarok and Roll | 1 issues |
7.5
|
Loki: Ragnarok and Roll #4
Jun 19, 2014 |
Ragnarok and Roll ends much like it began, large in spirit yet short in resonance. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Loose Ends (2017) | 1 issues |
8
|
Loose Ends (2017) #1
Jan 26, 2017 |
With a cadre of lived-in characters and a host of neon visuals crackling with personality, this is the kind of book that grabs your attention. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.8
|
Low (2014) | 8 issues |
7.7
|
Low (2014) #4
Oct 30, 2014 |
Some may grumble over the issue's defining twist being introduced so early overall, yet Rick Remender deserves credit for circumventing the expectation that comes with such a move. He again leads us to some murky places, some more obvious than others, with each bit of world building serving to sink we readers further into its depths. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.4
|
Low (2014) #5
Dec 4, 2014 |
Each issue of Low has seemingly featured some sort of time shift or grand reveal, and while issue #5 follows said pattern to an extent, it also manages to be the most consistently grounded issue yet. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.5
|
Low (2014) #6
Feb 26, 2015 |
Low's first arc reaches its explosive conclusion, Rick Remender taking the world he's so carefully cultivated and turning it upside down like a snow globe. The resulting finale leads to a slew of new and enticing questions, but it also fails to fully tie up (or even address) those that came before. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Low (2014) #7
Jun 18, 2015 |
Greg Tocchini turns in one of his best issues to date, his unique eye carrying the beginning of this new arc. Each page is awash with gorgeous visuals, Tocchini melding fluid design work with color both brilliant and subtle. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Low (2014) #9
Aug 27, 2015 |
Low is the kind of book little baby sci-fi tales hope to grow up to be. It's grand in scope and focused in character, its layered family drama and lavish backdrops peppered with copious bouts of evisceration. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Low (2014) #12
Mar 17, 2016 |
He opens the chapter in contemplative, albeit hopeful fashion, painting a seemingly idyllic picture wherein all one has to worry about is the occasional fire spider. By issue's end that good feeling is all but gone, the book's new menace leaving an instant and lingering mark. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Low (2014) #13
Apr 28, 2016 |
At this point Rick Remender has us pretty much conditioned to expect the worst in Low, but that doesn't make the events of the issue any less disheartening. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.7
|
Low (2014) #16
Mar 9, 2017 |
In the afterward of Low #16, Rick Remender promises that events in this issue will have an impact on further events down the line. While that certainly bodes well for the future, the present finds itself a bit more muddled. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.9
|
Lumberjanes | 20 issues |
8.8
|
Lumberjanes #2
May 15, 2014 |
While its too early to declare the book a runaway hit, it's hard to argue with any troupe that gives out badges for bad puns. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
Lumberjanes #16
Jul 16, 2015 |
If you still need convincing that Lumberjanes is the bees knees, an Eisner win oughta do it. Fresh off their recent Best New Series victory, writers Noelle Stevenson and Shannon Watters continue their exploration of the history of the Lumberjanes, complete with domineering counselors, shape shifting bear-women and a not-so-little thing called a Grootslang |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.7
|
Lumberjanes #17
Aug 27, 2015 |
"All ages" will always have its detractors in comic circles, but Lumberjanes remains the rare read that really offers something to pretty much anyone. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.5
|
Lumberjanes #18
Sep 17, 2015 |
Lumberjanes showed some impressive scale throughout its last arc, and as a result issue #18 reads as noticeably more contained. The issue still possesses the same bubbly spirit and infectious charm of past installment, but its focus " a rift between mermaids, er, merwomyn " lacks the rampant sense of whimsy we've come to expect. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
Lumberjanes #19
Oct 22, 2015 |
Is there any comic quite so effortlessly enjoyable as Lumberjanes? Filled with raging sea serpents, ill-advised antics and a healthy splash of heart, the latest from Shannon Watters and Kat Leyh again proves that above ground or below water, Lumberjanes is the best all ages book on the shelf today. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.4
|
Lumberjanes #20
Nov 19, 2015 |
It may seem commonplace to heap praise on Lumberjanes at this point, so heartwarming are its stories, but it's the book's continued ability to surprise that proves the difference here in issue #20. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.9
|
Lumberjanes #21
Dec 17, 2015 |
Maritime merit badges, saucy seal people, one-eyed werewolves - it's just an average day for the Lumberjanes. Following the book's largely April-centric arc, Shannon Watters and Kat Leyh bring the band back together for another tale of zany weirdness and enduring friendship. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.5
|
Lumberjanes #22
Jan 21, 2016 |
As a series, Lumberjanes' ability to highlight real issues - friendship, compassion, teamwork - against a fantastical setting has consistently made it a favorite to fans and critics alike. And it's that lack of something more that ultimately holds issue #22 back. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.9
|
Lumberjanes #23
Feb 18, 2016 |
Its still a solid issue, just one short of the series' usual heights. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.3
|
Lumberjanes #24
Mar 17, 2016 |
From the touching exchange between Molly and Mal to the hilarious back-and-forth between Ripley and her selkie mirror image, issue #24 wears its heart-shaped badge on its sleeve, and the series is better for it. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
Lumberjanes #25
Apr 21, 2016 |
Lumberjanes #25 sees a welcome return to form for the eclectic series, the oversized anniversary issue stuffed to the gills with hijinks weird and whimsical. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.3
|
Lumberjanes #27
Jun 16, 2016 |
Lumberjanes latest arc feels more in tune with the book's earlier run, which is a good thing. Issue #27 is a great blend of magic cats, clever mischief, and good 'ol fashioned teamwork, Shannon Watters and Kat Leyh making good use of both the book's principal cast and its eccentric newcomers. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.8
|
Lumberjanes #28
Jul 21, 2016 |
Of the many, many things to enjoy about Lumberjanes, it's ability to mine genuine growth out of the most ridiculous of situations remains at the top of the list. Case in point - in an arc heavy on supernatural mischief, with rainbow-courting birds and super-powered cats, it's non-Jane Barney who stands out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Lumberjanes #29
Aug 18, 2016 |
Whereas last arc focused on newly minted 'Jane, Barney, issue #29 returns the spotlight to the campers of bunk Roanoke, pairing solid character insight with the usual mythical maladies. While the book's more fantastical elements give it its sense of whimsy and adventure, it's in the more human moments that Shannon Watters and Kat Leyh really shine. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.2
|
Lumberjanes #30
Sep 29, 2016 |
From its rich, layered characters to its warm and welcoming art, this series impresses yet again. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.9
|
Lumberjanes #35
Feb 16, 2017 |
While Carolyn Nowack's bright characters and strong physical comedy manages to inject a sense of energy to the proceedings, there is the sense that the numerous overly specific details are a tad unnecessary and could have been better served elsewhere. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Lumberjanes #36
Mar 23, 2017 |
It's still a good time, just not quite to the Lumberjanes standard. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.5
|
Lumberjanes #37
Apr 27, 2017 |
It's a solid start to what looks to be a fun arc, and artist Ayme Sotuyo's style fits well with the new direction. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.5
|
Lumberjanes #38
May 25, 2017 |
Wacky and weird is Lumberjanes' bread and butter, and it's the lack thereof that gives Shannon Watters and Kat Leyh's latest arc its humor. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.9
|
Lumberjanes #39
Jun 29, 2017 |
Lumberjanes has hardly been poor of late, but this issue makes for a true return to form. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.3
|
Lumberjanes / Gotham Academy | 3 issues |
8.8
|
Lumberjanes / Gotham Academy #1
Jun 9, 2016 |
Lumberjanes/Gotham Academy #1 works because it offers the best of both worlds. Chynna Clugston Flores shows a clear understanding of her characters and their relationships, something too reflected in Rosemary Valero-O'Connell's picture perfect art. This was a crossover that made too much sense not to happen, but now that it has, it couldn't have gotten off to a better start. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Lumberjanes / Gotham Academy #2
Jul 14, 2016 |
The resulting read isn't as laugh-out-loud-funny as we'd expect from the pairing, but it is quite clever, Clugston-Flores playing the various cast against one another in inventive ways. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Lumberjanes / Gotham Academy #3
Aug 11, 2016 |
Much like its principle cast, Lumberjanes/Gotham Academy has read very much like a book working to come together. With issue #3 is appears the series may have finally done so, Chynna Clugston-Flores and Rosemary Valero-O'Connell at last pulling back the veil on their eclectic tale. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.7
|
Magneto (2014) | 5 issues |
7.5
|
Magneto (2014) #4
May 22, 2014 |
One thing Cullen Bunn has done well in this series is to reestablish Magneto as a dangerous and credible threat. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.4
|
Magneto (2014) #7
Jul 17, 2014 |
Now seven issues in, Cullen Bunn continues to prove that Magneto doesn't need powers (or hair) to command respect. The writer has really settled into the character, his inner voice strong and assertive, no matter the circumstances. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.4
|
Magneto (2014) #9
Sep 11, 2014 |
Artist Gabriel Hernandez Walta does a solid job rendering the proceedings, but ultimately issue #9 represents a minor step back |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.7
|
Magneto (2014) #11
Oct 16, 2014 |
On premise alone, Magneto #11 is pretty cool. The Master of Magnetism compiling a super team of Marvel's most illustrious villains in order to take down the newly resurrected Red Onslaught for the sake of humanity?! It sounds like a fan-fiction fever dream come to life and it reads much the same, writer Cullen Bunn delivering a rousing Axis entrant that'll leave you pumped for the bad guys. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.6
|
Magneto (2014) #12
Nov 20, 2014 |
The book's copious flashbacks and asides do well in showcasing Magneto's hero/villain dichotomy, but they also bog the book down some, especially with secondary characters popping in and out at random. That said, Bunn smartly focuses on furthering his own story over that of Axis in general, using an intriguing mental meeting to gain some much needed narrative momentum. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.3
|
Mayday (2016) | 1 issues |
7.3
|
Mayday (2016) #1
Nov 3, 2016 |
So long as the creative team irons out the pace, this book has potential. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.5
|
Mega Princess | 1 issues |
8.5
|
Mega Princess #1
Nov 10, 2016 |
. As far as all-ages goes this one skews inevitably young, but even those old in body will feel young at heart with this title. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
9.0
|
Men of Wrath | 1 issues |
9
|
Men of Wrath #1
Oct 2, 2014 |
Aiding in the book's cold, subdued tone is Ron Garney, the popular artist turning in his first creator owned pages. Much like Aaron, his work is remarkably understated throughout. There are no flashy panels or overly kinetic details, the artist focusing on realism above all else. Even his violence, terrible as it is, shows a level of restraint befitting the book's more subtle edge. Garney's meticulous pencils provide a grounded quality that meshes perfectly with Aaron's sharply written narrative, each page and panel sinking you deeper into the story's ever darkening beats. In the end, Men of Wrath is the kind of book that stares you square in the eye, almost daring you to look away. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.5
|
Midnighter (2015) | 6 issues |
8
|
Midnighter (2015) #5
Oct 8, 2015 |
Midnighter's Grayson team-up continues here in issue #5, the two furthering their investigation into a pay-for-play monster murder ring. It's a testament to the creative team of Steve Orlando and Stephen Mooney that such setup is the least interesting part of the issue, as the budding bromance between M and Dick continues to take center stage. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9.5
|
Midnighter (2015) #6
Nov 5, 2015 |
Through some excellent pacing, the writer is able to dim the sense of narrative danger, despite the sprinkling of warning signs that appear throughout. At first appearing to be little more than an expansive look at M's protective relationship with Matt, the end game manages to change, well, everything. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.7
|
Midnighter (2015) #7
Dec 3, 2015 |
It feels strange to call an issue rife with physical and emotional beatdowns a letdown, but such is the case here in Midnighter #7. It's not that the issue is bad " Steve Orlando's script lands a number of punches to the feels and midsection " but given the amount of careful time and plotting spent on getting us to this faceoff, the end result feels almost rushed in its resolution. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Midnighter (2015) #9
Feb 4, 2016 |
Steve Orlando and ACO spin their guest star wheel yet again, this time pitting Midnighter against the controlled crazies of the Suicide Squad. And again, Orlando makes this unique marriage work, combining fantastic action, great character play and narrative altering drama. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Midnighter (2015) #11
Apr 7, 2016 |
Midnighter is a book that will be gone too soon, but at least it appears prepped to go out on top. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
Midnighter (2015) #12
May 5, 2016 |
To say that Midnighter goes out with a bang is quite the understatement. Steve Orlando stuffs his final issue with action aplenty, delivering an electric battle of computer brains versus buffed-up brawn. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Mighty Morphin' Power Rangers (2016) | 15 issues |
7.9
|
Mighty Morphin' Power Rangers (2016) #0
Jan 14, 2016 |
The Mighty Morphin Power Rangers appear in good hands with Higgins and Prasetya on board. Their #0 issue finds a good balance between old school nostalgia and a more modernized take, with a solid new mystery developing alongside a familiar story. The issue's limited page count doesn't allow for a full exportation of what's to come, but it definitely does its job in eliciting excitement for the series' upcoming debut. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.8
|
Mighty Morphin' Power Rangers (2016) #1
Mar 3, 2016 |
Mighty Morphin Power Rangers #1 does what it sets out to do, Higgins and Presatya striking a tone that's both appropriately nostalgic and distinctly modern. Higgin's script contains a lot of elements worth exploring, and Pretsaya's detailed visuals, particularly in the Ranger scenes, shine. There aren't quite enough pieces to form a Megazord-worthy read just yet, but it's not a matter of if, but when. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.8
|
Mighty Morphin' Power Rangers (2016) #2
Apr 6, 2016 |
Mighty Morphin Power Rangers #2 continues the series' hot start, combining layered character play with engaging Ranger action. The lulls of the book's main narrative are offset by its great fan service, Kyle Higgins and Hendry Prasetya again doing a fine job in creating a Ranger tale for generations new and old. With a budding character dynamic and some great art, Boom! Studios continues to do the Rangers justice. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.5
|
Mighty Morphin' Power Rangers (2016) #3
May 11, 2016 |
Mighty Morphin Power Rangers continues its progression from nostalgia-laden throwback to standalone flagship, Higgins and Prasetya combining Ranger action with strong characterization to great effect. They haven't quite found the successful balance between themes as of yet, with some undercooked characters and a rapidly advanced plot point, but what works, works well, and stands to get even better. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
Mighty Morphin' Power Rangers (2016) #4
Jun 22, 2016 |
Mighty Morphin' Power Rangers gets a welcome injection of full scale action, Hendry Presetya at last making good on the full potential he's often teased. Kyle Higgins' script still tends to create its own drama at times, but his handle on characters not named Tommy continues to impress. In many ways, issue #4 comes the closest to creating a true Power Rangers experience, and with some solid character dynamics in play and an intriguing hook set, the future of this young title remains bright. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.3
|
Mighty Morphin' Power Rangers (2016) #5
Jul 20, 2016 |
Zach gets the much deserved spotlight in this one-off installment. The character work here doesn't change the character in any monumental way, but it does give him an added depth that's been lacking in past issues. The issue also adds an interesting wrinkle to the Green Ranger mythos, one that may come back to taunt Tommy in some fashion. Art wise, Thony Silas proves a worthy complement to the books artistic style, imbuing the standalone with an energy and character all its own. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Mighty Morphin' Power Rangers (2016) #6
Aug 31, 2016 |
While issue #6 is more action oriented than anything else, it does succeed in lending a sense of stakes to a property long devoid of them. In the Black Dragon, Kyle Higgins appears to have a worthy foil, one who knows how to attack both physically and emotionally. His first appearance is made all the imposing thanks to Hendry Presetya's kinetic art, the resulting chapter standing as a visual highlight for the series thus far. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Mighty Morphin' Power Rangers (2016) #7
Sep 22, 2016 |
The further Mighty Morphin Power Rangers gets from its source material, the better the book continues to get. It's not that Kyle Higgins is braving entirely new territory - one has only to look to the MMPR feature film to see the Rangers de-powered and Zordon de-tubed - but rather, it's the changing tone that proves the draw. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.6
|
Mighty Morphin' Power Rangers (2016) #8
Oct 27, 2016 |
The dip in pace makes for a quieter issue " as quiet as an issue can be with a 30-foot shark man battling a robot dragon, in space " but ultimately the respite allows for some much needed character focus. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.9
|
Mighty Morphin' Power Rangers (2016) #9
Nov 30, 2016 |
Mighty Morphin Power Rangers #9 is a strong installment, though one can't help but think it could have been stronger. Kyle Higgins dials up the drama to a fever pitch before ultimately taking things in a different direction, resulting in a bit of setup that's as frustrating as it is intriguing. Hendry Presetya makes the most of his pages, but his contribution too falls just short of greatness. With a strong ending hook and even stronger art, this uneven issue is still a worthy read. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.3
|
Mighty Morphin' Power Rangers (2016) #11
Jan 18, 2017 |
Mighty Morphin Power Rangers is quickly becoming the book many hoped it could be, buoyed by a strong creative vision from its team. Kyle Higgins' script combines relatable drama with series-specific action, resulting in a chapter that will land with fans new and old. Hendry Prasetya shows his might with equal force, turning in a tonally strong and visually impressive installment. The needle continues to point up on this title. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.4
|
Mighty Morphin' Power Rangers (2016) #12
Feb 15, 2017 |
Kyle Higgins and Hendry Prasetya open up the toy chest, making great initial use of their alternate reality setup. Higgins uses the extended flashback sequence to shine a different light on the Tommy character, as well as to highlight the many different eras of Ranger lore. Prasetya's epic action and strong sense of tone make for an especially exciting chapter that calls to mind the best aspects of the original source material. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.9
|
Mighty Morphin' Power Rangers (2016) #14
Apr 20, 2017 |
From a tense standoff with a squad of Imperial-esque Ranger-troopers to the proper way of growing a Goldar, this issue has far more hits than misses. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Mighty Morphin' Power Rangers (2016) #15
May 17, 2017 |
While more of a recap issue than anything else, this chapter succeeds thanks in large part to the vision of its creators. Kyle Higgins manages to catch readers up to speed in a way that also shapes the story going forward, giving further layers to a character long deserving of them. Daniel Bayliss does the rest, his strong imagery lending a welcome sense of weight to the various emotional proceedings. Filler this is not. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.4
|
Mighty Morphin' Power Rangers (2016) #16
Jun 21, 2017 |
Following months of setup, Kyle Higgins and Hendry Prasetya at last bring their Lord Drakkon arc to its dramatic conclusion. The many swirling plot points of the issue threaten to overwhelm at times, but Higgins keeps things intact with a strong and well developed focus on character. Prasetya helps drive the many standout moments home with his great eye for detail and an improved attention to facial nuance. One of the book's stronger arcs to date, the future is bright for this title. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.8
|
Mighty Morphin' Power Rangers (2016) Annual | 2 issues |
8.5
|
Mighty Morphin' Power Rangers (2016) Annual: 2016
Aug 24, 2016 |
As far as annuals go this one offers up a little bit of everything for everyone. From canon building backstory to amusing what-ifs, the great collection of talent here results in some quality entertainment. Now if only it didn't cost so much. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Mighty Morphin' Power Rangers (2016) Annual: 2017
May 31, 2017 |
As far as annuals go you cant get much better than this. The content is varied, the scripting and art strong, and the attention to character pays entertaining and even surprising dividends. Whether you're a fan of the original series or someone just looking to fill the gap between MMPR issues, there's something for everyone here. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.5
|
Mighty Morphin' Power Rangers: Pink | 6 issues |
7.5
|
Mighty Morphin' Power Rangers: Pink #1
Jun 1, 2016 |
Mighty Morphin Power Rangers: Pink #1 does a solid job of setting the stage for further solo-centric titles down the line, Brenden Fletcher and Kelly Thompson introducing a Kimberly that's true to form but still unique. The book's uncertain timeline and heavy reliance on knowledge of the source material bog it down at times, but a clear voice and great art ultimately proves the difference. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.3
|
Mighty Morphin' Power Rangers: Pink #2
Jul 28, 2016 |
The art by Daniele Di Nicuolo and Sarah Stern thankfully remains a bright spot, the book's dynamic characters and brilliant colors often proving the difference. Still, when you're thinking about why a character wearing a helmet would also need a hood, you're focusing on the wrong things. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.8
|
Mighty Morphin' Power Rangers: Pink #3
Sep 15, 2016 |
All told, while not the strongest installment, it's still a darn good-looking one. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Mighty Morphin' Power Rangers: Pink #4
Oct 20, 2016 |
With two issues left there's still time to prove us wrong, but as it stands now this book just isn't as vibrant, or mighty, as its name suggests. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Mighty Morphin' Power Rangers: Pink #5
Dec 15, 2016 |
Since rocketing out of the gate with a fun and engaging debut, Power Rangers: Pink! has stumbled down the stretch, its drawn out story and tough-to-define tone a consistent thorn. And unfortunately, that feeling doesn't change much as the book enters its final leg, the script by Brendan Fletcher, Kelly Thompson and Tini Howard reaching its seeming conclusion with little fanfare. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5.5
|
Mighty Morphin' Power Rangers: Pink #6
Jan 26, 2017 |
Power Rangers: Pink! has been a wildly inconsistent ride, and that trend doesn't change with the book's finale. Brenden Fletcher, Kelly Thompson and Tini Howard seem to have quite a bit to say in regards to Kimberly Hart, but their final installment is somehow both drawn out and overstuffed, making it tough to single in on any one redeeming trait. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.1
|
Monstress | 5 issues |
7.4
|
Monstress #7
Oct 13, 2016 |
After a long, long, long break, Monstress is back. And the good news is, it's as beautiful and bewitching as ever. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.9
|
Monstress #8
Dec 1, 2016 |
With a more focused lens and a strong sense of momentum, Monstress' latest charts an intriguing course. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.4
|
Monstress #10
Feb 23, 2017 |
With the plot ratcheting up and the visuals again superb, Liu and Takeda continue to be a sure bet. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.8
|
Monstress #11
Apr 20, 2017 |
While the actual content - Monstrum betrayal! Blood foxes! Nekomancy! - is fun enough, it's how Liu integrates the various reveals that's most impressive. This is a big world getting ever bigger, yet Liu never allows the widening lens to take away from the more immediate story at hand. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Monstress #12
Jun 1, 2017 |
We've all been there -- you're following a story when suddenly things take a sharp and confusing turn, but everything is so pretty and gosh dang exciting that you just kind of roll with it? That's Monstress #12 in a nutshell. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.3
|
Mortal Kombat X | 2 issues |
5
|
Mortal Kombat X #1
Jan 14, 2015 |
Mortal Kombat X has its moments, but those moments are few and far between. Kittlesen shows some decent range, but at this point he doesn't really have an audience beyond those who bleed all things Kombat. A few cool sequences aside, this is a book that needs some polish before the next issue rolls around. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.5
|
Mortal Kombat X #4
Apr 9, 2015 |
Shawn Kittelsen and Dexter Soy get their second arc off to a fun start, showing a clear focus to go with some explosive art. Some structural issues interfere at times, but the book's highlights, such as the Scorpion/Sub Zero standoff, prove enticing. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.9
|
MPH | 2 issues |
8
|
MPH #1
May 22, 2014 |
MPH is definitely a book to keep an eye on, assuming it doesn't sprint off the shelves. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.8
|
MPH #2
Jun 19, 2014 |
Mark Millar and Duncan Fegredo lose some momentum following their electric debut, so focused on moving their players that the narrative threatens to run right past them. While Millar does a nice job conveying the sense of wonder and excitement that likely accompanies such newfound abilities, there appears to be little to no learning curve, the writer bypassing any growing pains in lieu of setting up the next chapter. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Nailbiter | 9 issues |
9.3
|
Nailbiter #1
May 8, 2014 |
Nailbiter #1 is a riveting debut that gets better with each read. Williamson and Henderson are in strong form, setting a mood and tone that sticks with you long after the final page is turned. Though the titular Nailbiter is more of a secondary character here, his presence nevertheless impacts the book and it's proceedings. This is one not to be missed. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Nailbiter #2
Jun 5, 2014 |
Cinematic would probably be the best way to describe Mike Henderson's striking visuals. His staging of the riveting murder scene locks you in, leaving you just as helpless to turn away as the victim himself. It's this kind of quality storytelling that makes the book so great--it's moody, atmospheric, and feels terrifyingly real. Luckily, the book is filled with such instances, Williamson and Henderson again crafting some bloody good fare. Read at your own peril. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.5
|
Nailbiter #3
Jul 3, 2014 |
The book's razor sharp narrative doesn't feel quite so tight this go round, killers seemingly popping out of the woodwork at rather opportune times. Nailbiter is still very, very good -- we've just gotten used to it being great. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.3
|
Nailbiter #4
Aug 7, 2014 |
There are still a great many questions to be answered (and likely more still to come), but there's a definite sense of direction to this issue, one that's sure to leave you biting your nails with anticipation. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.3
|
Nailbiter #5
Sep 4, 2014 |
Williamson does a fantastic job pacing this installment, Finch and Crane's continued investigation taking on an urgency that's been lacking as of late. While the issue's thrills rely on yet another unknown assailant, this time a Skyrim reject with a fondness for machetes, his interaction (and hinted history) with the Nailbiter is enough to maintain intrigue. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.8
|
Nailbiter #6
Oct 2, 2014 |
With a trade freshly dropped and a new arc now in motion, Nailbiter remains a bloody good time. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.3
|
Nailbiter #9
Jan 7, 2015 |
The book seems so focused on hitting the requisite horror beats"grisly murders, vanishing bodies, hidden assailants"that the narrative itself at times feels largely secondary. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.5
|
Nailbiter #13
Jun 4, 2015 |
Joshua Williamson has clearly been waiting for the chance to return to Warren's pre-killer roots, his flashbacks rich in foreshadowing and development. Interestingly, it's Shannon's role in these events that proves most intriguing, particularly in how they affect Warren's assumedly budding inclinations. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.2
|
Nailbiter #20
Feb 4, 2016 |
Nailbiter's latest arc comes to a close, Joshua Williamson and Mike Henderson delivering a finale laden with killer reveals and plenty of arterial spray. Considering the somewhat lengthy release gap between this issue and the next, in many ways issue #20 reads a bit rushed, the various payoffs and extended revelations not quite aligning with the work put in to get there. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
New Avengers (2015) | 1 issues |
6
|
New Avengers (2015) #2
Oct 29, 2015 |
While the book carries many of the requisite beats of a good Avengers story, its execution and character dynamics still leave a lot to be desired. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.7
|
New Suicide Squad | 4 issues |
4
|
New Suicide Squad #6
Jan 15, 2015 |
Much like last issue, New Suicide Squad #6 reads like a book taken out of the oven before it's fully cooked. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
New Suicide Squad #7
Feb 12, 2015 |
What little momentum Sean Ryan had built following last issue takes a sudden and literal dive, the writer skirting forward momentum in favor of additional character development. While the book's need of some added depth in undeniable, Ryan's way of introducing it remains haphazard at best. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
3.9
|
New Suicide Squad #8
Mar 12, 2015 |
The numerous issues that have plagued the series reach critical mass here, resulting in a flat and needless installment that manages to accomplish next to nothing in 22 pages. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.8
|
New Suicide Squad #9
Jun 11, 2015 |
New Suicide Squad was in need of a huge jump in quality following a string of lackluster issues, and in many ways issue #9 hits the mark. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.8
|
Nightwing (2016) | 8 issues |
7.4
|
Nightwing (2016) #4
Sep 8, 2016 |
Tim Seeley brings his first arc to a close, delivering on the character-first focus that's carried the book from the start. The end result is a bit rushed in its resolution, but it does succeed in both cleverly reestablishing Dick as Nightwing proper, as well as seeding events for issues to come. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Nightwing (2016) #6
Oct 5, 2016 |
If you've been invested in the arc so far, the payoff on the home stretch has been a lot of fun. This issue's cliffhanger is a great teaser dating back to the classic Strange/Batman rivalry. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.7
|
Nightwing (2016) #9
Nov 17, 2016 |
Nightwing's rebirth has been anything but smooth thus far, and Seeley uses the subconscious setup to really flesh out the character's long running fears and anxieties. What really makes the issue shine, however, is how Seeley gets him past these hang-ups, using the ever optimistic Superman as a way of reminding Dick of the impact his good and hopeful nature has on the DC Universe at large. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.6
|
Nightwing (2016) #10
Dec 8, 2016 |
If you've been waiting for a time to jump back into Bldhaven, this arc looks to be it. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Nightwing (2016) #11
Dec 22, 2016 |
Of COURSE there's a support group for villains formerly thumped by Nightwing. It's as Nightwing a plot point as we could hope to get, and serves as another example as to how great Tim Seeley is for the character. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.9
|
Nightwing (2016) #12
Jan 5, 2017 |
All told, issue #11 works best as a stepping stone towards grander designs, and while the issue certainly has its entertainment, it's clear the best things are yet to come. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Nightwing (2016) #14
Feb 2, 2017 |
It's still a solid and unreasonably pretty book " Marcus To again delivers an excellent mix of costumed splash pages and well-realized character work " it's just lacking in the same excitement and punch we expect. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9.5
|
Nightwing (2016) #19
Apr 19, 2017 |
Seeley is weaving a creepy and really engaging story here. Nightwing Must Die is quickly starting to rival Better Than Batman for this run's best arc. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.4
|
Ninjak (2015) | 18 issues |
8
|
Ninjak (2015) #1
Mar 11, 2015 |
Ninjak's turn at solo stardom proves mostly worth the wait, Matt Kindt and Clay Mann turning in a solid and entertaining installment. Some pacing issues in setup slow the momentum some, but there's enough ninja action and teased reveals to keep us coming back. Plus, ninjas. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.6
|
Ninjak (2015) #3
May 21, 2015 |
While it's fun to see Ninjak face all manner of adversity (from razor-haired assassins to anti-smoking PSA security guards), there's never really the sense that he's in any actual danger. If his suit doesn't have the answer to his current predicament, Kindt's narration does, his Ninjak monologuing and forward thinking even as he falls out a 50th story window. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.6
|
Ninjak (2015) #4
Jun 25, 2015 |
It's unlikely that anyone was really clamoring for a Roku one-off so early in Ninjak's run, but in typical Matt Kindt fashion he gets the most out of the book's standalone format. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.7
|
Ninjak (2015) #5
Jul 30, 2015 |
The result is a fun issue that seems in a rush to set up what comes next, the tension from Ninjak's last meet swept up by an exciting but mostly pointless fight. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.9
|
Ninjak (2015) #7
Sep 10, 2015 |
Just two issues in to its latest arc, Ninjak already feels formulaic. The formula itself isn't bad - introduce new adversary with wild backstory, commence punchy punchy - but the actual execution comes off as a bit convenient. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.6
|
Ninjak (2015) #11
Jan 14, 2016 |
Using a grounded character like Ninjak to jumpstart the supernatural side of the Valiant Universe may seem like an odd stretch, but if Matt Kindt has proven anything throughout these first 11 issues it's that Ninjak works pretty much anywhere. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.5
|
Ninjak (2015) #12
Feb 11, 2016 |
Ninjak's trek through the Deadside hasn't been the series' strongest point, but credit must be given for how well Matt Kindt continues to utilize his lead so far out of his comfort zone. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.3
|
Ninjak (2015) #13
Mar 10, 2016 |
While an interesting aside that served to further open the Valiant Universe to a more supernatural focus, Ninjak's own inclusion to this Deadside arc often felt secondary to the widening scope. Despite that, issue #13 is a solid wrap up, littered with a welcome mix of metaphysical melees and spy caper action. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Ninjak (2015) #14
Apr 7, 2016 |
With Ninjak's lengthy detour through the Deadside in the rearview, Colin King and Matt Kindt are finally able to get back to the spy driven capering they do best. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Ninjak (2015) #15
May 12, 2016 |
It's always fun when a character with limited resources gets them taken away, but in the case of Ninjak #15 the end product doesn't entirely live up to the premise. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Ninjak (2015) #16
Jun 9, 2016 |
Ultimately, while not a bad issue, we've seen this team deliver better. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Ninjak (2015) #17
Jul 14, 2016 |
All in all, while issue #17 is a solid end, with arc best art by Diego Bernard, the real draw remains in things to come. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.5
|
Ninjak (2015) #18
Aug 11, 2016 |
They may not be the ones who get the ampersand billing, but for our money the title of Valiant's premiere bromance goes to Ninjak and the Eternal Warrior. And following the systematic dissolution of all things Colin King, the rejoining of this particular odd couple makes for a nice change of pace. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.6
|
Ninjak (2015) #19
Sep 8, 2016 |
It's perhaps unfair to critique on a what-have-you-done-for-me-lately basis, but considering the quality previously seen from this book, this issue doesn't measure up. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Ninjak (2015) #20
Oct 20, 2016 |
While an improvement from last month, this arc is still working out some kinks. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.8
|
Ninjak (2015) #24
Feb 9, 2017 |
There's a certain amount of convenience to Kindt's brisk pacing -- Ninjak goes from unwilling combatant to team player in mere panels -- but it's so easy to get caught up in the writer's intricate fantasy that it's forgivable. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.8
|
Ninjak (2015) #25
Mar 30, 2017 |
Quick but fun, this arc is still one worth following. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.1
|
Ninjak (2015) #27
May 18, 2017 |
With Matt Kindt taking a breather between arcs, writer Kevin Maurer proves an excellent placeholder. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.6
|
Old Guard | 3 issues |
8.7
|
Old Guard #3
Apr 27, 2017 |
Further bolstered by Daniela Miwa's oppressive color palette, this issue delivers the goods on both a visual and emotional level. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
Old Guard #4
May 25, 2017 |
It took a few issues for this series to really get going, but now it's one not to miss. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
Old Guard #5
Jun 22, 2017 |
While not a true conclusion (the book is set to return in 2018), Greg Rucka's latest does a great job of tying up the many plot points and threads set up in his first arc. He does so in gleefully bloody fashion, his script a mix of John Wick-style run-and-gun action and complex character interplay. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Old Man Logan | 3 issues |
8.6
|
Old Man Logan #1
May 27, 2015 |
Bendis and Sorrentino faced a mountain of expectation, and issue #1 sees them almost reach the top. Their Logan is both vicious and heavy, weighted down by the things he's done and the things he's yet to do. Some pacing issues pop up early, but they're quickly corrected by some intriguing developments. Not only is this a must read for fans of the original, it's a must for anyone who likes good comics. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.5
|
Old Man Logan #3
Jul 23, 2015 |
Though only three issues in, Old Man Logan has begun to feel a bit like a procedural, the series' "realm of the week" structure leading to all manner of set pieces but not much in the way of character. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Old Man Logan #4
Aug 27, 2015 |
Old Man Logan #4 doesn't have much narrative push, but it does have great art as delivered by Sorrentino and Maiolo. The script from Brian Michael Bendis has its moments, but they feel largely disconnected from everything else going on. Art alone will keep some invested till the end, but if you're looking for a worthy sequel to OML's original run, this isn't it. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.9
|
Outcast By Kirkman & Azaceta | 10 issues |
9
|
Outcast By Kirkman & Azaceta #1
Jun 25, 2014 |
Whether you're a fan of things that go bump in the night or just someone who likes good comics, you can't do much better than Outcast. Kirkman and Azaceta prove a dynamic and disturbing pairing, crafting a riveting story that's sure to possess your very soul. Now where'd we put that holy water... |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
Outcast By Kirkman & Azaceta #3
Aug 27, 2014 |
Visually, Paul Azaceta again brings the proceedings to somber life, his moody pencils and great panel work creating a deceptively innocent atmosphere. The colors by Elizabeth Breitweiser only enhance the mood, her subdued hues bringing the small town to eerie life. There are a lot of great character beats to this issue, most of them unspoken, and Azaceta and Breitweiser nail darn near every one of them. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.7
|
Outcast By Kirkman & Azaceta #4
Sep 25, 2014 |
Art-wise, not enough can be said about Azaceta and colorist Elizabeth Breitweiser. Azaceta's character work is simply phenomenal " there's never a single instance where you don't know who's who or what's going on, so fully realized is his seemingly idyllic world. Breitweiser again uses her warm, calming hues to make the proceedings disturbingly innocent, her colors changing to garish and disturbing greens to display the book's shifting tone. The book's final page is one teeming with dread, a simple but effective cliffhanger that almost dares the reader to guess what's coming next. Read with the lights on. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.6
|
Outcast By Kirkman & Azaceta #5
Nov 13, 2014 |
Visually, Paul Azaceta has already made a name for himself in limited work, his expressive line work and exceptional storytelling ability elevating every aspect of Kirkman's script. He uses that same ability to staggering effect here in issue #5, crafting a terse, frightening exchange that perfectly encapsulates everything that's made Outcast so great. His horror is constantly bubbling just beneath the surface, each leer and smile simple in execution but complex in its meaning. He also makes great use of shadow here, his characters often half obscured and menacing. Completing the effect is colorist Elizabeth Breitweiser, whose soft hues and gentle colors are perfectly contrasted against the book's violent streaks of red. Outcast is building towards something big, and our guess is that its something you won't want to miss. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Outcast By Kirkman & Azaceta #7
Mar 19, 2015 |
As an overall issue Outcast #6 is a solid tale, but as either a precursor of things to come or a new jumping on point, the book lacks teeth. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.5
|
Outcast By Kirkman & Azaceta #9
May 28, 2015 |
Robert Kirkman and Paul Azaceta offering just enough answers to reel you back in even as they add more narrative potholes to the mix. Such slow form structure can be frustrating, but it also makes it more interesting, we readers growing right along with tormented lead Kyle. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Outcast By Kirkman & Azaceta #10
Jul 2, 2015 |
Issue #10 puts character before scares, and it's better for it. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Outcast By Kirkman & Azaceta #12
Sep 10, 2015 |
Outcast has done a great job of balancing external horror with internal strife thus far in its run, and issue #12 sees both aspects escalated to a high degree. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Outcast By Kirkman & Azaceta #17
Mar 24, 2016 |
It's not the smoothest of issues, the many learned tidbits again dwarfed by weighty rumination, but it does lend some welcome direction. Paul Azaceta gives the issue its final push, his sleek, dramatic layouts allowing him to get the most out of his expressive cast. It appears that something wicked this way comes - and at this point, it's not a moment too soon. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Outcast By Kirkman & Azaceta #19
Jul 28, 2016 |
Not every issue needs to be filled with physical exorcism or possession, but Outcast's continued insistence on playing the long game results in a growing sense of buildup that never seems to be sated. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.1
|
Paper Girls | 13 issues |
9
|
Paper Girls #1
Oct 8, 2015 |
Paper Girls is a great read from top to bottom, driven by the assured characterization of its central leads. Vaughan's pacing allows for immediate investment, something Cliff Chiang and Matt Wilson further with their excellent art. While the book's sci-if leanings aren't yet as strong as the rest of the piece, there's more than enough here to get you excited for what's to come. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.4
|
Paper Girls #2
Nov 5, 2015 |
Following the double-stuft goodness of its debut issue, Paper Girls #2 isn't able to execute on quite the same levels. That said, what it does do it does well, as Brian K. Vaughan is able to both expand on the book's unfolding dangers while also delivering some solid character work. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.2
|
Paper Girls #3
Dec 3, 2015 |
Brian K. Vaughan has managed to stuff more what-the-what happenings in the first few issues of Paper Girls than most comics get out of a full arc, and issue #3 is no exception. However, with all the portal hopping dino-riders and technologically advanced mummy ninjas gallivanting about, our paper slinging leads have begun to fall out of focus. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
Paper Girls #4
Jan 7, 2016 |
Vaughan's characterization feels especially distinct in this installment, and when coupled with Chiang's expertly expressive physicality and Matt Wilson's subtle yet eye-catching colors, the end result is a quartet we can't wait to see again. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.3
|
Paper Girls #5
Feb 4, 2016 |
It looks to be a whole new world (literally) when Paper Girls returns and the stakes "not to mention our interest " has never been higher. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Paper Girls #6
Jun 2, 2016 |
Visually the tag team of Cliff Chiang and Matt Wilson remains on point, Wilson's somber palette balanced well against Chiang's excellently realized setting. At times they get to cut loose with out there designs and brilliant colors, but as of now the real fun, and mystery, appears saved for next issue. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.2
|
Paper Girls #8
Aug 4, 2016 |
Paper Girls has really come together in recent issues. While it still doesn't seek to answer many questions"if anything it adds entirely new ones"issue #8 again lends a welcome sense of direction to what has been a topsy-turvy ride. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.2
|
Paper Girls #9
Sep 8, 2016 |
This is as complex and beautiful a book as any you'll find on the shelf today, and consistently great work by consistently great creators is the reason why. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.9
|
Paper Girls #11
Feb 2, 2017 |
It's still as tough as ever to say where this book is going, but it's also just as fun. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Paper Girls #12
Mar 2, 2017 |
In many ways, issue #12 is one of his most complete yet. He advances the narrative through the use of new characters, sheds intriguing new light on some long running mysteries and sets up plenty of unique instances for Cliff Chiang and Matt Wilson to bring to life. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.3
|
Paper Girls #13
Apr 6, 2017 |
While quieter compared to recent issues, Chiang's excellent expression pairs so well with Vaughan's pinpoint dialogue that even the most basic conversations sparkle. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.4
|
Paper Girls #14
May 4, 2017 |
Where much of Paper Girls' run has read like a series of random dots, recent issues have begun to connect them all together. That proves especially true here in issue #14, Brian K. Vaughan at last reuniting his core quartet. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.4
|
Paper Girls #15
Jun 8, 2017 |
Just when things looked like they were starting to come together, Paper Girls pulls a, well, Paper Girls. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.7
|
Plutona | 4 issues |
9.5
|
Plutona #1
Aug 11, 2015 |
Plutona #1 is the perfect example of a series hitting the ground running, so assured is the collaboration between Jeff Lemire and Emi Lenox. Lemire's script is wide ranging in its scope and more focused in its emotion, resulting in the rare read that leaves you invested from the start. Lenox and Jordie Bellaire further take command in crafting a world as compelling as it is captivating, their silent moments every bit as powerful as those spoken. Mark your calendars, set an alarm, write the date backwards on your forehead. However you choose to remind yourself, buy Plutona. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.9
|
Plutona #2
Oct 8, 2015 |
Plutona's debut presented one doozy of a hook, Jeff Lemire and Emi Lenox crafting a read immediately investing and easily devoured. Issue #2 doesn't possess quite the same magnetic pull, yet where it lacks in forward momentum it makes up for in sterling characterization and solid world building. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.9
|
Plutona #3
Dec 3, 2015 |
This is a very good book; we just know it can get better |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5.5
|
Plutona #5
Jun 30, 2016 |
As a concept Plutona was at once immediately investing, built on the pillars of strong character and an eerily compelling premise. It's frustrating, then, that over the course of the series neither of the book's strongest traits reached their full potential. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.9
|
Poison Ivy: Cycle of Life and Death | 1 issues |
5.9
|
Poison Ivy: Cycle of Life and Death #1
Jan 21, 2016 |
On paper, this series looks to provide a refreshing new direction for everyone's favorite super powered botanist. It's execution, however, doesn't entirely deliver, resulting in a debut issue big on intent but lacking in anything truly substantial. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.5
|
Predator vs. Judge Dredd vs. Aliens | 1 issues |
7.5
|
Predator vs. Judge Dredd vs. Aliens #1
Jul 27, 2016 |
Predator vs. Judge Dredd vs. Aliens #1 is a solid debut, its commitment to the various properties as unwavering as Dredd's granite jaw. John Layman's script hits all the requisite beats, highlighting the many players while deftly building a narrative to house them all. While there's not much that stands out to this first chapter beyond Chris Mooneyham's atmospheric visuals, the story presented here has the potential to be pretty darn fun. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Quantum and Woody | 2 issues |
8.6
|
Quantum and Woody #10
May 15, 2014 |
At times the book borders on being too absurd (par for the course in this series), yet Asmus always knows just how far to push a joke before reigning it in. The cliffhanger at issues end promises more mad-cap antics to come, making this an arc worth getting behind. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.3
|
Quantum and Woody #12
Jul 3, 2014 |
Structurally, the latest hijinks filled chapter of Quantum and Woody is a bit of a mess. With three artists, a kids-menu style origin tale and a whole lot of storyline to tie up, issue #12 doesn't stumble out of the gate as much as plow through it. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Quantum and Woody Must Die | 3 issues |
8
|
Quantum and Woody Must Die #1
Jan 28, 2015 |
Aiding Asmus in his shenanigans is artist Lieber. Having already worked on the equally ridiculous Superior Foes of Spider-Man, Lieber captures the book's irreverent spirit in spades. Much of the book and its humor depends on the artist's situational comedy, and he responds time and again with great physical movement and expression. His line work isn't always the cleanest, with some overly thick lines coming off as blocky, but as far as capturing tone goes, he's a perfect fit. If you like your funny book's funny, give this one a shot. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Quantum and Woody Must Die #2
Feb 25, 2015 |
Similarly, artist Lieber does an excellent job managing the book's roller coaster script, adding a much grounded element to the book's less-than-grounded devices. His gift for physical comedy is again on fine display, particularly in any scene featuring Woody doing anything. Even the lettering leads to some laugh out loud moments, making each panel one to pore over. Quantum and Woody Must Die! is determined to shatter your funny bone, and with Asmus and Lieber on board they just may succeed. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Quantum and Woody Must Die #3
Mar 26, 2015 |
Quantum and Woody Must Die! Has been a treat from start to finish, and one can only wonder what kind of shenanigans the team has saved for last. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Rachel Rising | 11 issues |
7.3
|
Rachel Rising #29
Oct 30, 2014 |
As part of the greater narrative it's truly unsettling, but in the context of the issue it feels slightly out of place, especially given the rather tender moment shared with a sympathetic shopkeeper just before. Moore's character work is still top notch, but here we're left wanting more. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Rachel Rising #30
Dec 11, 2014 |
Rachel Rising is a book that likes to take it's time. Rather than dive right into the shocking occurrences of last issue, Terry Moore instead glosses over them, focusing instead on the malicious force currently body hopping around town. While that leaves the plot feeling a little on the weaker side overall, it does allow Moore to further flex his artistic muscles"boy does he ever. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.4
|
Rachel Rising #31
Feb 12, 2015 |
Issue #31 leaves you wanting more, but with Rachel Rising that's rarely a bad thing. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.3
|
Rachel Rising #32
Mar 12, 2015 |
Rachel Rising has been somewhat quiet the last few months, the various murderous machinations kept in check by the book's ongoing mysteries. Issue #32 shakes that notion in a big way, creator Terry Moore delivering an eerie and affecting installment that teases even bigger things yet to come. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Rachel Rising #35
Jul 16, 2015 |
From Rachel's sad, dawning remembrance of her past to Lilith's ever present annoyance with Zoe, Moore's art is understated but excellently executed, much like Rachel Rising itself. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.3
|
Rachel Rising #37
Nov 19, 2015 |
It's going to be tough to wait another month for some real advancement, but what's here will certainly keep you chilled. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Rachel Rising #38
Dec 10, 2015 |
Rachel Rising's narrative gets a kickstart following last issue's introspective aside, and for the first time in a while it really feels like things are coming to a head. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
Rachel Rising #39
Jan 21, 2016 |
Issue #39 won't go down as the most memorable of installments, but it does speak well to Moore's continued ability as a quality storyteller. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Rachel Rising #40
Feb 25, 2016 |
With Terry Moore recently announcing that Rachel Rising would be ending with issue #42, one wouldn't be remiss in expecting the writer-artist to be on full-on wrap up duty here in issue #40. Not only is that not the case, but if anything Moore escalates the narrative. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.7
|
Rachel Rising #41
Apr 7, 2016 |
With only one issue left to go, Moore turns in a surprisingly stripped-down issue, finally pitting his heroines against the demonic Malus. The resulting read is both concise and abrupt, the writer/artist doing a fantastic job of crafting an ominous sense of finality, even as the end pages come to a resolution all too soon. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.3
|
Rachel Rising #42
May 26, 2016 |
The gripping finale is only trumped by the great after-credits scene it precedes, both sequences serving as a vivid reminder of the kind of nuanced storytelling we're going to miss. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.7
|
Rai | 11 issues |
8
|
Rai #2
Jun 5, 2014 |
Like a cat caressing, mustache twirling Bond villain, Matt Kindt loves his monologuing. The writer's inner musings and boundless exposition threaten to overwhelm an otherwise solid issue, word bubbles stacked atop one another like the world's most precarious Jenga tower. Obviously some direction is needed to steer such a complex and finely tuned plot, but when you have an artist like Clayton Crain at the helm, sometimes showing is a lot more fun than telling. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.8
|
Rai #3
Jul 10, 2014 |
Kindt has done a solid job thus far exploring Rai's relationship with his unseen overlord/Daddy, giving just enough to make said existence believable while also offering enough murky musings to instill doubt. The revelations learned in this issue will only further that debate, especially given the shady source from which it comes. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Rai #4
Aug 28, 2014 |
Is there some unspoken rule that forces any book hitting its stride to go on hiatus? If so, the Comic Illuminati have nailed it with Rai, Matt Kindt and Clayton Crane delivering one of their most complete issues yet. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
Rai #5
Dec 4, 2014 |
Fans of Clayton Crain may be disappointed in the general lack of razzle-dazzle to this issue, but slow most certainly does not mean boring. His painterly view of the future remains as beautiful as ever, each panel loaded with detailed backdrops and high tech touches. The standout moment features an as of yet unknown character, Crain's design truly unsettling in its menace. Rai #5 looks to be a great start to a bold new direction, effectively bridging what came before with what's yet to come. If you're behind, best get caught up now. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.5
|
Rai #7
Feb 12, 2015 |
Rai has been a complex read of late, Matt Kindt moving his pieces towards one seemingly inevitable conclusion -- a showdown between the Raddies and the Positronics. Said instance comes to pass here in issue #7, yet while the battle takes up a good chunk of page time, it's what's happening behind the scenes that proves most interesting. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.8
|
Rai #8
Apr 9, 2015 |
Considering the amount of buildup leading to Rai #8's climactic battle, it's somewhat surprising how rushed the read feels. Matt Kindt's narrative, as over told by the slippery Dr. Silk, is conceptually sound, though with so many moving pieces there are quite a few characters left to fall by the wayside. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.9
|
Rai #9
Aug 20, 2015 |
The series returns with a fresh new arc, and while the requisite summary page lays out the gist, the unfolding narrative is still pretty dependent on pre-existing knowledge. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Rai #10
Sep 17, 2015 |
In some ways the slower pace has proven reinvigorating, allowing Matt Kindt to really deal with the toll Rai's war with Father has had on both him and the people of New Japan. Conversely, it also robs the read of some of its intended urgency, as Rai's slow return to form is somewhat offset by the perilous happenings continually endured by the series' secondary characters. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.2
|
Rai #14
Jun 23, 2016 |
Keeping old fans happy while reeling new ones in is no easy feat " Kindt and CAFU are the blueprint. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.2
|
Rai #15
Jul 21, 2016 |
If you're a Valiant fan, this tie-in is a must. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.2
|
Rai #16
Aug 25, 2016 |
For a tie-in to a larger event, Rai's latest arc has been surprisingly strong. As far as investment goes, issue #16 doesn't quite measure up to what we've seen over the last few issues. What it does do, however, is bring the history of Rai and Father's relationship full circle, culminating with a last second reveal that hearkens back to the very first issue of the series. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.7
|
Rai: The History of the Valiant Universe | 1 issues |
7.7
|
Rai: The History of the Valiant Universe #1
Jun 15, 2017 |
As Valiant's resident man of the future, Rai is the perfect vehicle to author a retrospective of the publisher's many exploits. And that's essentially what this book is. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.2
|
Rat Queens | 5 issues |
8.8
|
Rat Queens #6
May 8, 2014 |
Though issue #6 is mostly set up for the next arc, writer Kurtis Wiebe yet again manages to deftly marry over-the-top action and depraved hilarity with genuine character beats. On art, Roc Upchurch's kinetic style continues to dazzle, his characterization seemingly better with each panel. Basically, only a Gary would miss this issue. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.7
|
Rat Queens #7
Jul 17, 2014 |
Rat Queens remains one of the few sure things on the rack today, Wiebe and Upchurch absolutely humming in their collaboration. With the Queens now faced with a real and eerily present threat, there's no telling what manner of mischief they'll be up to next. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.4
|
Rat Queens #8
Oct 2, 2014 |
It seems like forever and a day since we last saw the Rat Queens, yet once again Kurtis J. Wiebe and Roc Upchurch have made it well worth the wait. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.3
|
Rat Queens #9
Mar 5, 2015 |
Kurtis J. Wiebe's tale of dame led debauchery makes its roaring return, bolstered by new artist Stjepan Sejic in his series debut. The huge gap between issues makes for a somewhat uphill start, but once the blood and curses begin to fly, it's like we never left |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Rat Queens #16
May 5, 2016 |
Kurtis Wiebe does a solid job of hitting the requisite beats to this return, the issue as always enlivened by his strong blend of sharply realized character and out-there antics. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Rat Queens One Shot | 1 issues |
8
|
Rat Queens: Braga #1
Jan 14, 2015 |
Art wise, Tess Fowler proves well equipped to match the style and tone we've come to expect, her characters emotive and well constructed. Her colors are definitely on the darker side comparatively, but aside from a few weird scale issues she feels right at home in Wiebe's world. Rat Queen's Special: Braga may not sate all those looking for more on the fearsome foursome, but it nevertheless proves a welcome and engaging chapter. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.2
|
Rat Queens (2017) | 2 issues |
7
|
Rat Queens (2017) #1
Mar 2, 2017 |
It's not a perfect jumping on point -- new readers may struggle to navigate the references to past adventures and characters -- but the book's original tone is as strong as ever. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.3
|
Rat Queens (2017) #2
Apr 13, 2017 |
Rat Queens still has a leg up when compared to plenty of other titles; it's just not yet at the standard of what came before. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.9
|
Reborn | 2 issues |
8.3
|
Reborn #2
Nov 17, 2016 |
It's still early yet, but the untapped potential is nonetheless enticing. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.5
|
Reborn #6
Jun 8, 2017 |
This issue teases more to come for the series, but the creators might need to work on fleshing out the universe first. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.8
|
Red One | 1 issues |
6.8
|
Red One #1
Mar 19, 2015 |
On premise alone, Red One appears an interesting read. The story of a Russian spy posing as an American superhero could make for great entertainment, especially with an artist team such as the talented Terry and Rachel Dodson on board. Unfortunately, the execution of said premise doesn't quite measure up, the book's debut stifled by sporadic pacing, unclear dialogue and an underdeveloped (but over endowed) lead. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.8
|
Red Sonja (2013) | 9 issues |
7.3
|
Red Sonja (2013) #0
Jul 31, 2014 |
The book's one-shot format allows writer Gail Simone to tell a fun, contained story featuring Sonja's self-proclaimed "husband", Red Malak, a tower of a man whose infatuation has led to a fair amount of tall tales and incurred debts. Simone mines the situation for plenty of comedic value, her Sonja absolutely oozing disdain for Malak and his depiction of events. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Red Sonja (2013) #9
May 8, 2014 |
This shift provides a poignant look at a character usually devoid of regret, and the moments shared between Sonja and Aneva are some of the best in the series thus far. With three artisans still to collect, expect three equally great issues on the horizon. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.3
|
Red Sonja (2013) #10
Jun 19, 2014 |
You have to give Gail Simone credit -- though her newest Sonja arc is definitely formulaic, each issue focused on Sonja's attempt to acquire a different renowned artisan, the writer does a wonderful job keeping everything fresh and entertaining. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.8
|
Red Sonja (2013) #11
Aug 14, 2014 |
This arc easily could have been all hacking and no heart, but in the hands of Simone and Geovani it's become something better. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Red Sonja (2013) #14
Jan 21, 2015 |
Gail Simone again gets the most out of these adventures, introducing a new adversary sorely in need of a good punch or three. Unfortunately, the arc's initial premise doesn't fare quite so well this time around. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.8
|
Red Sonja (2013) #15
Mar 26, 2015 |
Red Sonja's tales have been unquestionably strong since Gail Simone took the reins, the writer's take fiery and assured both in content and tone. That being said, issue #15 reads as a quiet step back for the series, the climax of the book's latest arc failing to fully draw blood. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Red Sonja (2013) #17
Jul 30, 2015 |
Issue #17 doesn't offer anything we haven't been seen before, Sonja again tasked to grudgingly protect the innocent from a threat they can't repel themselves. What makes it fun is the sheer Sonja-ness of it all. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.8
|
Red Sonja (2013) #18
Sep 24, 2015 |
As a finale issue #18 isn't quite the bow-on-top finish it aims to be, but as a celebratory ode to all things Sonja it hits damn close to the mark. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Red Sonja (2013) #100
Feb 19, 2015 |
Not every story is a knockout, but they all do enough in showing why Sonja's ardent fan base continues to follow her Hyrkanian exploits. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Red Sonja (2017) | 1 issues |
7
|
Red Sonja (2017) #1
Jan 12, 2017 |
Gail Simone's run on Red Sonja left quite the fur-lined boots to fill, and to her credit writer Amy Chu does a solid initial job of making this Sonja her own. Her decision to move Sonja from the wilds of Hyrkania to the concrete jungle that is present day New York provides a fun fish-out-of-water setup, and offers the book's biggest, and murkiest, draw. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.6
|
Reggie and Me | 5 issues |
7.5
|
Reggie and Me #1
Dec 7, 2016 |
Reggie and Me #1 doesn't find the same immediate assured footing as its predecessors, but it's a solid book with a dialed-in creative team. Tom DeFalco offers an interesting perspective through which to view his title character, adding some welcome depth to an often one note character. Sandy Farrell charms with his great character work, using well choreographed sight-gags and the impossibly cute Vader to reel readers in. It's tough yet to say what Reggie and Me wants to be, but nonetheless this first issue is an enjoyable read. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.9
|
Reggie and Me #2
Jan 12, 2017 |
The issue's final pages offer the first sense of real direction, but this book still has a way to go to match its predecessor's success. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Reggie and Me #3
Mar 9, 2017 |
It's still a serviceable read thanks to Sandy Jarrell's smirk-heavy character play, but without a clear voice it doesn't amount to much more. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5.6
|
Reggie and Me #4
Mar 30, 2017 |
With only an issue left to go, writer Tom DeFalco still seems unsure of just what story he wants to tell, and as a result this issue reads as a jumble of rotating characters and flimsy plot devices. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.8
|
Reggie and Me #5
May 4, 2017 |
It's not a story on par with others in the Riverdale fold, but it does serve as a mostly satisfying end to a solid tale. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Rick and Morty (2015) | 1 issues |
8
|
Rick and Morty (2015) #6
Oct 1, 2015 |
Not only does issue #6 manage to be both ridiculously entertaining and laugh out loud funny, but it also manages to do so mostly minus its titular leads. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.5
|
Rock Candy Mountain | 1 issues |
8.5
|
Rock Candy Mountain #1
Apr 6, 2017 |
A simple concept done right, Rock Candy Mountain #1 makes for an immediately immersive debut. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.9
|
Rocket Raccoon (2014) | 6 issues |
8.7
|
Rocket Raccoon (2014) #1
Jul 3, 2014 |
In Rocket Raccoon #1, Skottie Young proves a quality storyteller behind the pages and on them. Though the plot is a little barebones for now, Young imbues the script with enough energy to keep it going, his amazing visuals doing the rest. Rocket's fan base will only grow in the coming months, and. Young appears well suited to do him justice. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.5
|
Rocket Raccoon (2014) #4
Oct 8, 2014 |
Thematically, it's up and down, the mid issue bait-and-switch and subsequent reversing cliffhanger leaving Rocket's emotional arc feeling slightly stunted. Young hits some poignant chords, but the narrative yo-yo proves more sneaky than satisfying. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Rocket Raccoon (2014) #5
Nov 6, 2014 |
Though issue #5 doesn't break new ground, it's still darn fun, the final reveal sure to garner a few surprised chuckles. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
Rocket Raccoon (2014) #7
Jan 21, 2015 |
The issue still maintains its attitude and rampant humor, but it also manages to add something more, Rocket's latest adventure marked with a gravity not yet seen. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Rocket Raccoon (2014) #9
Mar 5, 2015 |
It's not a bad issue, but it's not a particularly memorable one either, the book's amusing pop culture nods not quite enough to mask a so so installment. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.8
|
Rocket Raccoon (2014) #10
Apr 2, 2015 |
Skottie Young's latest arc gets off to a great start, the writer deftly using nods from issues past to position his story for the future. Said future is again rife with the same rowdy humor and explosive action we've come to expect, but it also carries a measure of emotion to it that proves surprisingly engrossing. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.2
|
Rocket Raccoon (2016) | 1 issues |
7.2
|
Rocket Raccoon (2016) #5
Apr 27, 2017 |
It's tough to say if this series reinforced the necessity of having an ongoing Rocket title"though that won't stop Marvel from trying again come May"but the entertainment value is there. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.9
|
Rockstars | 1 issues |
6.9
|
Rockstars #1
Dec 15, 2016 |
While not quite hooked, we're at least intrigued. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Rose | 1 issues |
7
|
Rose #1
Apr 13, 2017 |
What ultimately drives the issue, and what will likely prove the deciding factor in returning for issue #2, is Ig Guara. The artist turns in a wondrously detailed and appropriately magical first issue, combining well-realized character work with equally impressive backdrops. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
9.0
|
Royal City | 1 issues |
9
|
Royal City #1
Mar 2, 2017 |
Complex, personal, and double sized to boot, this is an excellent start to a promising series. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.5
|
Saban's Power Rangers OGN | 1 issues |
6.5
|
Saban's Power Rangers OGN: Aftershock OGN
Mar 29, 2017 |
Working within the constraints of the feature film, Power Rangers: Aftershock is a decent follow-up. The script has its moments, the art is solid, and the characters more or less fall in line with the personalities introduced in the film. And yet, for as much as the book fits the initial universe, it does little in the way of expanding it, it's thin approach to character development and unremarkable additions making for a mostly forgettable read. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.3
|
Saga | 23 issues |
8.5
|
Saga #19
May 21, 2014 |
Saga #19 returns to heightened expectations and ably manages them, ushering in the next chapter of Hazel and her star-crossed parents. Also, they bought a walrus. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.8
|
Saga #20
Jun 25, 2014 |
Saga #20 ups the stakes yet again, effectively marrying familial discord, amazing character work and world shaping violence. In other words, typical Saga through and through! |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9.1
|
Saga #21
Jul 23, 2014 |
Saga #21 is an excellent blend of shocking violence, terse drama and all too many feels. The level of balance in this series is sometimes mind boggling, as even the most random, jaw-dropping moments somehow feel right in the overall narrative. Vaughan and Staples again prove a power team in every way, shape and form, and Saga remains a must read. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9.5
|
Saga #22
Aug 27, 2014 |
Vaughn and Staples continue to deliver the gold standard, their latest chock full of great character work and a number of memorable moments. Issue #22 is yet another example of excellent collaboration, art and words in perfect sync. Bring a tissue. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.7
|
Saga #23
Sep 25, 2014 |
Brian K. Vaughn turns the wheel on his narrative yet again, offering an unexpected twist that's both refreshing and intriguing. He and Fiona Staples combine for some excellent and touching character moments, though the already sparse good times are sure to become even fewer. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9.5
|
Saga #24
Oct 29, 2014 |
Somehow, some way, Vaughn and Staples have done it again, crafting a read that's as surprising as it is completely investing. Issue #24 is as strong a finale as we've seen, hitting a number of notes sure to resonate over the book's long hiatus. With their characters scattered every which way and a host of alliances new and old now in play, the future of the series has never looked brighter. Now where's that emergency pint of Ben and Jerry's... |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
Saga #25
Feb 4, 2015 |
Saga's latest arc gets off to a solid start, Brian K. Vaughn catching us up to speed as he teases what's to come. Though on the quieter side (for Saga), the issue features the same tense drama, wild action and realized characters we've come to expect, all expertly rendered by artist Fiona Staples. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.7
|
Saga #26
Mar 4, 2015 |
Though light on plot, Saga #26 still has enough bang for your buck in the character department, Staples and Vaughn fleshing out their characters even as they tear them down. Each story line appears swelled to burst at this point, so here's hoping something pops soon. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
Saga #27
Apr 9, 2015 |
Marko has been close to breaking for some time now, and in issue #27 the floodgates open. Vaughn and Staples do an excellent job detailing this break, offering insights both powerful and informative. With some great character work and a few entertaining interactions between Ghus and Prince Robot, Saga's latest has something for everyone. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9.2
|
Saga #29
Jun 10, 2015 |
Saga sweeps the leg in issue #29, Vaughan and Staples shaking up their various storylines in increasingly damaging ways. Vaughan's finely tuned characterization ensures no secondary character falls by the wayside, just as Staples' emotive visuals give them the attention they deserve. Saga is at its best when things are at their worst, and things are mighty bad indeed. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.7
|
Saga #30
Jul 9, 2015 |
Saga #30 is quieter as far as arc finales go, Vaughan and Staples foregoing any crazy reveals in lieu of wrapping up existing threads. While some of the issue's interactions feel rushed as a result, Staples' fantastic visuals couple well with Vaughan's re-fractured narrative. Rest easy, Saga. We'll be here when you get back. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.3
|
Saga #33
Jan 27, 2016 |
While not filled with quite the usual wow moments we've come to expect, Saga #33 helps revisit the current plot from a new perspective while returning some familiar characters to the fray. It's a retread to be sure, but there are enough twists and turns, in addition to the typically great art by Staples, to keep things interesting. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.7
|
Saga #34
Feb 24, 2016 |
Saga's latest arc continues at a simmer as Brian K. Vaughan and Fiona Staples prep their narrative to boil, issue #34 offering the same great characterization and gorgeous visuals even as forward momentum crawls. The increased attention on Hazel makes for added developmental elements, in turn creating a more focused direction. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.5
|
Saga #35
Mar 30, 2016 |
Saga's many planted seeds begin to take root, Vaughan and Staples making ample use of their extended cast. The book's strong characterization and emotional focus again drives the read, it's balanced narrative allowing for a natural synergy as things come together. With Vaughan again investing us in the world and Staples bringing it further to life, issue #35 successfully ramps up the anticipation as we approach the arc's finale. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.5
|
Saga #36
Apr 28, 2016 |
Near misses are to Saga as butter is to bread, making the relatively drama free finale to the book's latest arc somewhat of a surprise. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.3
|
Saga #37
Aug 31, 2016 |
Saga is back, and once again we're better for it. Brian K. Vaughan and Fiona Staples circle back to their first presented conflict, diving further into the divide between Landfall and Wreath. It's a setup issue, but one that effectively lays out both the conflict and those who stand in harms way. As perhaps the most real world arc yet, this issue is a promising first start. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
Saga #38
Sep 28, 2016 |
Saga hits the heartstrings yet again as a long time lead pays the ultimate price. Brian K. Vaughan and Fiona Staples combine complex development with forward progression, resulting in a strong, visually arresting chapter with wide reaching repurcussions. As both a family tale and an otherworldly adventure, this book is still firing on all cylinders. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.5
|
Saga #39
Oct 26, 2016 |
With readers reeling, Brian K. Vaughan and Fiona Staples allow the dust to settle, putting character growth ahead of straight-line progression. While Vaughan's layered look at Hazel again pays dividends, the rest of his moves are more incremental. Still, with another spate of strong visuals and star turns by new players, there's plenty to look forward to going into the next chapter. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.8
|
Saga #40
Dec 1, 2016 |
Much like its marooned cast, Saga has more or less remained rooted in the same spot since the War for Phang began. Rather than jump-start the narrative in any significant way, issue #40 serves to further maneuver the series' many moving parts ever closer, the building tension culminating in a frightening final sequence. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.3
|
Saga #41
Jan 5, 2017 |
In regards to sweeping changes or shocking instances, this arc can't touch what's come before. But when it comes to seeing the characters we love fail and hurt and learn and grow, it's up there with the best. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.8
|
Saga #42
Jan 26, 2017 |
In starting slow and finishing strong, Brian K. Vaughan and Fiona Staples end The War For Phang in heart wrenching fashion. Vaughan's measured approach to character pays off in ways yet seen, with Staples again providing the necessary human element to make us care. This is rare Saga hiatus that's almost welcome, as it's not just the creators who will need to recharge after this one. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Saga #43
May 31, 2017 |
Saga #43 makes for an excellent jumping on point for new readers. The opening recap structure allows for easy comprehension, where the back half of the read details the kind of well developed characterization the series is known for. Brian K. Vaughan and Fiona Staples appear set to turn their narrative on its axis yet again, and at the sweet, sweet price of 25 cents, this issue is an easy sell for readers new and old. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Saga #44
Jun 28, 2017 |
Saga's leads keep trudging along in this reflective follow-up. Brian K. Vaughan doesn't allow recent events to bog down his narrative, though he does ensure that the various ramifications linger. Fiona Staples' strong color work and equally expressive character expression seals the deal, her final twist sending the series into further uncharted territory. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.5
|
Samurai Jack | 1 issues |
7.5
|
Samurai Jack #8
May 29, 2014 |
Fans of Samurai Jack will likely enjoy Suriano's one-man show, though the casual passerby may leave wanting. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.5
|
Secret Origins | 1 issues |
7.5
|
Secret Origins #2
May 29, 2014 |
If you're looking for a refresher to aid you in your comic-themed trivia nights, then issue #2 is right up your alley. If new is what you're searching for, keep on steppin'. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.9
|
Secret Six (2014) | 2 issues |
7.8
|
Secret Six (2014) #4
Jul 16, 2015 |
Piece by twisted piece, Secret Six is clicking into place. Gail Simone builds off the marked improvement of last issue, again exploring the weird, often joyously uncomfortable relationships of her six (sorry, Ferdie) leads. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Secret Six (2014) #5
Aug 20, 2015 |
The issue does suffer some hiccups in terms of pacing (The Riddler bits feel forced at times), but when it comes to finding the "fun" in dysfunctional, this series has it down. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.7
|
Secret Weapons | 1 issues |
8.7
|
Secret Weapons #1
Jun 28, 2017 |
An entertaining premise and strong character works drives this enjoyable debut. Eric Heisserer turns out a script that remains accessible despite its shared history, his focus on early development making quick stars of his leads. Raul Allen and Patricia Martin provide the book's visual investment, pairing detailed art and creative paneling with evocative color work. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.1
|
Seven to Eternity (2016) | 3 issues |
8.5
|
Seven to Eternity (2016) #1
Sep 21, 2016 |
Seven to Eternity #1 is the kind of book Image Comics was made for. It's unapologetically deep, gorgeously illustrated, and as inviting as it is complex. The brisk pacing and lack of clear cut direction can mar initial comprehension, but the excellent early focus on family, coupled with the ridiculous amount of beautiful imagery, carries it on through. Regardless of your preferred genre flavor, this debut is well worth your money. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.7
|
Seven to Eternity (2016) #5
Apr 13, 2017 |
This is a tale of two halves. Rick Remender spends the early pages dealing with the aftermath of the book's first arc, and in typical Remender fashion they're heavy in both dialogue and tone. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.1
|
Seven to Eternity (2016) #6
May 25, 2017 |
Lush with vivid greens and frightening foliage, this issue is as unique and complex as anything we've seen thus far, and just as pretty. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.7
|
Sex Criminals | 8 issues |
9.4
|
Sex Criminals #7
Aug 14, 2014 |
Matt Fraction continues to imbue even the most ridiculous situations with real, genuine weight, resulting in yet another memorable and affecting installment. He and Chip Zdarsky have taken their storytelling craft to an entirely different level so far in the book's second arc, and while the story as a whole remains on the slower side, it's never anything less than compelling. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.8
|
Sex Criminals #8
Oct 8, 2014 |
Fraction and Zdarsky remain the best there is at what they do (no, not that) and what they do remains infinitely compelling. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.7
|
Sex Criminals #9
Dec 11, 2014 |
Not one to play second fiddle (that's not a euphemism) , Zdarsky too ups his game here. The artist understandably gets a lot of attention for his hilarious prop play and general gift for absurdity, but it's his smaller, more emotionally revealing moments that stand out here. He uses expression and shadow to great effect, ably capturing the smallest flicker of mood change from scene to scene. Considering the book's increasingly mature content, such nuance remains as important as ever to the book's overall appeal. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Sex Criminals #10
Jan 29, 2015 |
Sex Criminals may wear many of its extremities proudly, but none remain as ever present as its heart. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.2
|
Sex Criminals #11
Jul 30, 2015 |
Matt Fraction and Chip Zdarsky, the wizards that they are, again find the sweet spot between quirky sex comedy and nuanced character study, combining for a read that's as affecting as it is raunchy. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Sex Criminals #14
Feb 18, 2016 |
At some point the main story will have to kick back into gear, but so long as the asides remain this brilliant, we're content to sit back and enjoy. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.4
|
Sex Criminals #18
Apr 20, 2017 |
While perhaps not as laugh-out-loud funny as issue's past, this chapter is no less entertaining. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.3
|
Sex Criminals #19
Jun 1, 2017 |
This is the rare book that lets its characters drive the narrative, and it's continually the better for it. No title featuring an ill-phrased ode to hot dogs should be this affecting, but no book is quite like this one. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.8
|
Shutter | 5 issues |
9
|
Shutter #2
May 15, 2014 |
Shutter is the kind of book that makes you wish you didn't have to blink, a rousing adventure yarn that's fantastical in all the best ways. Issue #2 improves on the already great debut, offering a wild world filled with wow moments. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Shutter #3
Jun 12, 2014 |
Joe Keatinge is creating quite the diverse world here, his characters and set pieces endlessly inventive"any book featuring a triceratops riding, katana wielding assassin is a book worth picking up. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Shutter #7
Dec 11, 2014 |
Shutter continues to be a mixed bag. On the one hand, it's endlessly inventive, almost to a fault, filled with big characters, big moments, and an even bigger world. Conversely, the series' need to constantly up the ante leaves many of the various personal relationships feeling woefully undeveloped, so focused is writer Joe Keatinge on setting up the next big set piece. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.2
|
Shutter #8
Jan 15, 2015 |
Issue #8 is full of big ideas, fantastic art and eclectic characters, but the continued insistence on going bigger and badder with each new installment again wears thin. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.7
|
Shutter #9
Feb 12, 2015 |
Joe Keatinge has been on quite the world building tear of late, his latest issues stuffed with new faces, places and problems. He takes a different tack here in issue #9, bringing his numerous pieces together for one not-so-common goal. The resulting issue serves as one of Shutter's more focused to date, while still maintaining its love for all things wonderful and weird. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Silk | 1 issues |
8
|
Silk #2
Mar 19, 2015 |
Silk still has some room to grow overall, but in a universe crawling with wall-crawlers, she stands out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.3
|
Silver Surfer (2014) | 6 issues |
8.7
|
Silver Surfer (2014) #4
Jul 17, 2014 |
Snarling couches, Wizard of Oz references, seafood bisque -- if Silver Surfer goes any further off the beaten path we'll have to send in a rescue team for awesomeness extraction |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.4
|
Silver Surfer (2014) #5
Aug 28, 2014 |
Dan Slott and Michael Allred have already proven to be masters of mixing the impossible with the mundane, but issue #5 of Silver Surfer may just take the (cosmic) cake as the oddest installment thus far. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Silver Surfer (2014) #6
Oct 2, 2014 |
In a medium littered with brooding heroes and cataclysmic events that happen every other Tuesday, Silver Surfer remains a cosmic blast of fresh air. It's funny, heartwarming, and gloriously off-kilter, Dan Slott and Michael Allred doing their own thing and doing it well. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.2
|
Silver Surfer (2014) #8
Jan 14, 2015 |
Over on art duties, Michael and Laura Allred continue to strut their extraterrestrial stuff, the book's signature uniqueness again on fine display. This is a quieter issue in terms of action, but there are still a number of excellent character beats. Dawn learning to "drive" proves an instant highlight, as does Surfer's continually amusing relationship with Toomie, who at this point is a character all his/her own. Of course, it's the book's last few pages that are sure to excite the most, Slott and Allred teasing a confrontation of truly...galactic...proportions. While not quite on par with recent issues, Silver Surfer remains the best cosmic adventure you've never been on. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Silver Surfer (2014) #9
Feb 19, 2015 |
It's not bad by any means, but it does lack the charm that usually pervades Slott's finely tuned scripts. Thankfully, any qualms are easily put to rest with every Michael Allred panel. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.4
|
Silver Surfer (2014) #10
Mar 12, 2015 |
Now that's more like it. Dan Slott and Michael Allred put the capper on their Galactus saga, ending their so-so arc on a definite high note. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.9
|
Silver Surfer (2016) | 3 issues |
8.7
|
Silver Surfer (2016) #8
Dec 22, 2016 |
The long delay between issues aside, don't let this one leave your pull list. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
Silver Surfer (2016) #9
Mar 9, 2017 |
Silver Surfer is the rare series you can just pick up and go. That's not to discredit the nuance of Dan Slott's long form development " the evolution of Norrin and Dawn's relationship remains the book's highest point " but rather to give credit to the accessibility of his stories. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9.5
|
Silver Surfer (2016) #10
Apr 13, 2017 |
Silver Surfer continues to be unlike anything else currently on shelves, and it's that assured uniqueness that makes this particular aside so satisfying. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.3
|
Sinestro | 4 issues |
7
|
Sinestro #2
May 22, 2014 |
The art by Dale Eaglesham has it's moments, his brooding Sinestro again commanding attention, yet many of the action scenes feel a bit static given the type of individuals involved. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.8
|
Sinestro #3
Jun 26, 2014 |
On art, Dale Eaglesham and Rags Morales split duties, the former's steely intensity combining with the latter's softer touch, resulting in some epic ring-slinging and great character beats. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Sinestro #4
Jul 31, 2014 |
Much of the talk surrounding issue #4 will revolve around the inevitable showdown teased in the book's final pages, but at this point the appearance of Hal Jordan is more worrisome than exciting, as one fears Sinestro becoming a guest star in his own book. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.2
|
Sinestro #15
Sep 24, 2015 |
Equally welcome are Ethan Van Sciver's gnarled visuals; the universe is a much more frightening place in his hands, and he really nails some of the issue's more ominous panels. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.8
|
Sinestro Annual | 1 issues |
7.8
|
Sinestro Annual #1
Apr 2, 2015 |
Annuals are often fun in that they're great vehicles for character exploration, something Cullen Bunn takes to here with gusto. The writer uses the book's over-sized format to delve deep into the Sinestro Corps expansive roster, detailing the histories of many of the Corps more well-known members. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.3
|
Sinestro One Shot | 1 issues |
7.3
|
Sinestro: Futures End #1
Sep 25, 2014 |
Given the narrative currently unfolding in the pages of the book's ongoing, Sinestro's Futures End tale proves to be somewhat of a missed opportunity. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.3
|
Sixpack & Dogwelder: Hard-Travelin' Heroz | 1 issues |
6.3
|
Sixpack & Dogwelder: Hard-Travelin' Heroz #1
Aug 25, 2016 |
It's a broad book that's sure to turn away as many readers as it reels in, but that chasm alone has its own appeal. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Skybourne | 1 issues |
7
|
Skybourne #1
Sep 8, 2016 |
The writer/artist does a nice job of getting his story rolling quickly and efficiently, the nonstop pace making for great entertainment. Unfortunately, the sheen dulls some as soon as the characters open their mouths. For every fantastic visual moment there's an equally groan-inducing bit of dialogue, with beats that are dated, repetitive, and downright offensive. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Slapstick | 1 issues |
8
|
Slapstick #1
Dec 8, 2016 |
Was anyone really asking for a Slapstick solo? Probably not. But we've got one, and the good news is that it's pretty darn entertaining. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.8
|
Snow Blind | 4 issues |
8
|
Snow Blind #1
Dec 10, 2015 |
Writer Ollie Masters does a fantastic job crafting investment from the onset, utilizing a heavy hum of introspective musing to establish a strong noir feel. Though this first issue is decidedly setup heavy, with its characterization limited exclusively to lead Teddy, the setup is so immediate and immersive that you can't help but want more. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.3
|
Snow Blind #2
Jan 14, 2016 |
If you're looking for noir mystery done right, Snow Blind is a good place to start. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Snow Blind #3
Feb 11, 2016 |
It's not overly flashy, but the issue is rife with excellent imagery and captivating color, each stark hue and careful bit of choreography serving to heighten the escalating stakes. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.9
|
Snow Blind #4
Mar 10, 2016 |
There's an air of inevitability to Snow Blind's final chapter. While its ending effectively capitalizes on the terse world quickly created by Ollie Masters and Tyler Jenkins, the book's miniseries nature ultimately stunts the intended impact of the finale's events. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.4
|
Southern Bastards | 8 issues |
8.8
|
Southern Bastards #2
May 29, 2014 |
Issue #2 delivers more of the same heft and grit as it's predecessor, setting Earl on a path that seems almost preordained. Jason Aaron continues to weave one doozy of a narrative, Earl continually stuck between what he wants to do, and what he has to do. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Southern Bastards #7
Feb 11, 2015 |
Art wise, Latour again matches Aaron blow for blow in terms of tone, his pencils gnarled and angry in their imagining. Much of the issue takes place on the gridiron, Latour using dynamic layouts to emphasize his bone breaking displays of force. More importantly, he balances the savagery of the game with Boss' earnest affection for it, his muddled browns and deep reds highlighting each violent high and emotional low. Issue #7 may not be quite up to the book's gut-punch awesome standards, but it's still a damn fine book from a damn fine team. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Southern Bastards #10
Jul 30, 2015 |
It's doubtful that issue #10 will be anyone's favorite of the series, but from strictly a storytelling standpoint it's hard to argue against the sheer power such a hard read generates. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.8
|
Southern Bastards #11
Oct 8, 2015 |
Southern Bastards isn't just a comic, it's an experience, and no amount of wet naps will wash the emotional stains it leaves behind. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9.5
|
Southern Bastards #13
Jan 28, 2016 |
Ever since it's first, brilliant issue, each new release of Southern Bastards has carried with it an almost undue level of expectation. And every issue, Jason Aaron and Jason Latour deliver. In a way, issue #13 reads as a culmination of their work. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Southern Bastards #14
May 12, 2016 |
Aaron's script here is superb " particularly in how he explores the issues of race and gender in a less than accepting society " but its artist Jason Latour who proves to be the driving force of this installment. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Southern Bastards #15
Nov 3, 2016 |
All that being said, issue #15 is very much geared to those reared on sports fandom, which runs the risk of limiting the impact from reader to reader. It's there that Jason Latour again proves integral, as whether you're a football fan or not, you'll be hard-pressed to tear your eyes away from his deliciously seedy world. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.2
|
Southern Bastards #16
Jan 12, 2017 |
With much of the last arc focusing on Coach Boss' crumbling football empire, the inevitable crossroads moment was sure to be a doozy. It comes to fruition here, and while the fallout possesses the same myriad layers we've come to expect, it also crosses a line into territory that feels more gratuitous than truly necessary. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Southern Cross | 1 issues |
7
|
Southern Cross #1
Mar 11, 2015 |
On the visual end, Belanger's lines also carry a division to them. On the one hand, his world building and scenery is top notch, his Cross a wonder both inside and out. Unfortunately, that same touch doesn't extend quite so far with Alex herself, the character surprisingly flat given her supposedly conflicting emotions. Lee Loughridge's cold palette only enhances this muted feeling, with the book's one real glimmer of life saved for the very end. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.5
|
Spencer & Locke | 1 issues |
8.5
|
Spencer & Locke #1
Jan 25, 2017 |
A Calvin and Hobbes story gone wrong, Spencer and Locke #1 is a great debut. It manages to be both familiar and fresh, playing off of reader expectations in ways that are dark but entertaining. David Pepose gets a lot of mileage out of his premise from the start, delivering a layered lead in Locke and a standout in Spencer. Jorge Santiago's art strikes a memorable and effective balance, his conflicting structure meshing perfectly with the book's delightfully twisted sense of nostalgia. Those reared on Watterson and Miller will find much to love in this demented take, but even those who weren't will enjoy a darn good comic. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.4
|
Spider-Man / Deadpool | 1 issues |
8.4
|
Spider-Man / Deadpool #3
Mar 10, 2016 |
Spider-Man/Deadpool has been a consistently strong performer so far in its early run, and while the pairing itself remains a no-brainer, it's nonetheless surprising just how well this book continues to work. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.7
|
Spider-Verse Team-Up | 1 issues |
7.7
|
Spider-Verse Team-Up #1
Nov 6, 2014 |
The second chapter, courtesy of writer Roger Stern and artist Bob McLeod, proves more reflective in nature, pairing the shoot-em-up Parker of Spider-Man: Noir with his more cerebral Eight-Armed counterpart. Stern plays the two together beautifully, each reacting strongly to a world they find eerily similar and at times depressingly different. This chapter doesn't lend itself to the main tale in quite the same way, but it does wonders in highlighting the basic traits that seemingly define all parties involved, ending on a surprisingly poignant note. A book with multiple Spideys is sure to bring readers to the rack, but its stories like this that will keep them coming back. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Spider-Woman (2014) | 7 issues |
5
|
Spider-Woman (2014) #1
Nov 20, 2014 |
Whether felled by undue expectation or confusing marketing, Spider-Woman #1 feels more like an ensemble piece than a true solo debut. Fans of the Spider-Verse event will likely find more to like, but for those excited to see Jessica Drew return to prominence, it appears we have more waiting to do yet. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.8
|
Spider-Woman (2014) #2
Dec 17, 2014 |
While the issue does read better in terms of overall tone, it's still a bit disheartening that most of Spider-Woman's ability to glean new information comes from her powers of persuasion or surprise romantic entanglements, no matter how many questions said interactions raise. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.9
|
Spider-Woman (2014) #3
Jan 21, 2015 |
Spider-Woman shows some signs of life in issue #3, Dennis Hopeless finally allowing the character some brief room to use her considerable skills. The end result still has its problems, mainly in how dependent it remains on the Spider-Verse event at large, but in terms of sheer character it presents a noticeable improvement. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.5
|
Spider-Woman (2014) #4
Feb 12, 2015 |
Said finale is understandably rocky, as Hopeless is forced to tie up any and all Verse-ends in making way for what's to come. Such structure makes for a noticeably uneven issue, yet while Hopeless doesn't quite tie his first arc off with a bow, he does provide a definite sense of change to the final pages that offers promise for something better. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
Spider-Woman (2014) #5
Mar 4, 2015 |
Also great is the line work crafted by new series artist Javier Rodriguez. His kinetic, colorful pages further the feeling of newness to the read, his panels light and well-choreographed. The artist shows a gift for movement in his first issue, utilizing subtle shifts in position and facial cues to convey a number of different emotions both silly and serious. His action beats are also heads and tales above what we've seen before, Spider-Woman's new costume as fun in action as it is functional. All told, Spider-Woman #5 feels like a completely different book. More importantly, its one we want to read. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.6
|
Spider-Woman (2014) #9
Jul 23, 2015 |
Spider-Woman has managed to stand tall amidst the sudden deluge of Spider-centric titles, and Hopeless and Rodriguez are a good reason why. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.4
|
Spider-Woman (2014) #10
Aug 27, 2015 |
Event gripes aside, it's still a pretty issue as rendered by guest artist Natacha Bustos. Her lines possess a similar energy to series' artist Javier Rodriguez, though her action sequences aren't quite as dynamic. Here's hoping a new Marvel means less event obstacles. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.8
|
Spider-Woman (2015) | 5 issues |
8.3
|
Spider-Woman (2015) #3
Jan 28, 2016 |
The script itself is humorous as ever, with lighting fast banter and plenty of amusing inner gripes, but it's the human, not superhuman, element that again stands out. That, and the ever creative paneling of artist Rodriguez, who again delivers some wonderfully unique and eye spinning spreads. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Spider-Woman (2015) #8
Jun 2, 2016 |
With Spider-Women in the rear view and Civil War around the bend, it'd be easy to write off Jessica Drew's one issue interlude as nothing more than a one-off fill-in. Thankfully, one issue is all Dennis Hopeless and Javier Rodriguez need to tell an entertaining story, and issue #8 is yet another great example of just how far this series has come since its Spider-Verse inception. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.3
|
Spider-Woman (2015) #10
Aug 18, 2016 |
While the issue still possesses many of the same comedic qualities we've come to enjoy from this title, there's also an undercurrent of tension, as Jessica tries to prove/disprove the validity of Ulysses' visions. Given her longstanding personal relationship with pro-premonition fan Captain Marvel, the resulting fallout adds a welcome level of personal investment that has as of yet been missing. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.8
|
Spider-Woman (2015) #11
Sep 29, 2016 |
Whereas last issue maintained a natural feel despite its tie-in structure, this installment reads very much as a cut and paste Civil War II title. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
Spider-Woman (2015) #13
Nov 3, 2016 |
Issue #13 is the perfect example of a character-first approach paying dividends, and serves to cement Spider-Woman as one of the more emotionally involving Marvel books on the rack. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
9.0
|
Spread | 1 issues |
9
|
Spread #1
Jun 17, 2014 |
Spread is a truly scary book, a less than original premise told in a very original way. Justin Jordan ably sets the stage, coupled by the excellent art and colors from Kyle Strahm and Felipe Sobreiro. For a comic, it's pretty good -- for a debut, it's amazing. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.3
|
Star Wars (2014) | 3 issues |
8.8
|
Star Wars (2014) #2
Feb 4, 2015 |
Star Wars #2 takes what worked in the first issue and keeps it going, Jason Aaron and John Cassaday turning in some quality storytelling. These guys know Star Wars, and while there may be some disagreement in how closely it adheres, it's a darn fine book no matter how you lightsaber slice it. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.5
|
Star Wars (2014) #7
Jul 29, 2015 |
Star Wars #7 is a solid one-off issue that adds some welcome depth to Obi-Wan's hermit lifestyle. It doesn't hit all the right notes, with an uneven use of Luke and a somewhat easy path to self discovery, but it does provide some valuable insight into the character and his motivations. Simone Bianchi likewise turns in some enjoyable pages, his Ben a nice mix of capable and conflicted. It's not the strongest issue thus far, but it's still an enjoyable one. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
Star Wars (2014) #8
Aug 20, 2015 |
Star Wars keeps getting better, and with Stuart Immonen now on board it's hard to see that changing anytime soon. Aaron's solid characterization and varied world building again proves engaging, as does the introduction of new faces and locales. Sana's role in things presents the biggest challenge to the ongoing narrative, but she brings a level of creative opportunity that the title hasn't yet seen. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Star Wars: Chewbacca | 2 issues |
7
|
Star Wars: Chewbacca #2
Oct 29, 2015 |
The story itself remains thin at best, as Chewie continues to aid the plucky slave girl, Zarro, but this is one of those rare occurrences where style can trump substance. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.9
|
Star Wars: Chewbacca #3
Nov 12, 2015 |
As a breezy, beautiful read Chewbacca has its merit, but when it comes to investment quality, this Wookiee doesn't always win. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.8
|
Star Wars: Darth Maul | 1 issues |
5.8
|
Star Wars: Darth Maul #3
Apr 27, 2017 |
The book's art is still a high point " Luke Ross gets more out of a steely glare than Bunn does in panels of exposition " but it's still not enough to carry this tale. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.8
|
Star Wars: Darth Vader | 6 issues |
8
|
Star Wars: Darth Vader #2
Feb 25, 2015 |
Darth Vader is in good hands with Gillen and Larroca. The story is a bit self-contained for now, but seeing Vader in a different light is more than enough to merit return readership. Larroca's assured pencils bring the character to vivid and dangerous life, his linework in solid concert with Gillen's voice. These guys are no Padawans. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Star Wars: Darth Vader #3
Mar 26, 2015 |
On the visual end, Larroca's Vader once again commands attention, his silent presence undeniably strong. Gillen's thin script allows for a lot of artistic freedom, something Larroca takes to with cinematic panels and enjoyable designs. Aphra's ship almost takes the highlight as one of the coolest vessels this side of Slave I, but it's Larroca's portrayal of the assassin droids, Triple Zero and BT-1, that takes the cake. If you ever wondered what it'd be like to be legitimately unsettled by a C3PO lookalike, read this issue. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.8
|
Star Wars: Darth Vader #4
Apr 9, 2015 |
Issue #4 continues to set itself apart, Gillen mixing droid-on-droid action with just the right amount of emotional depth. Much of the issue serves as setup for bigger things yet to come, yet Gillen still manages to find time to further explore the increasingly engaging complexity of the Vader/Aphra relationship. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.9
|
Star Wars: Darth Vader #6
Jun 4, 2015 |
It doesn't all work (Vader's first ever dialogue sucks on page or screen), but the dramatic finale is Star Wars goodness through and through. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.9
|
Star Wars: Darth Vader #7
Jul 2, 2015 |
Piece by mechanical piece, Kieron Gillen continues to mine new layers from Star Wars' most iconic villain. His latest offers yet another compelling blend of whirling lightsaber action and broody introspection, the writer deftly melding his new tweaks with existing canon. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Star Wars: Darth Vader #9
Sep 10, 2015 |
As a launching pad for bigger things to come, Darth Vader issue #9 delivers. We get some great adversarial content between Vader and Thanoth, and the sly memtion at issue's end points the book in an intriguing new direction. That said, uneven pacing and flat character work prevent this issue from fully getting into hyperspace, even as the tension mounts. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.1
|
Star Wars: Lando | 2 issues |
8
|
Star Wars: Lando #1
Jul 9, 2015 |
Lando wears many hats in this first issue, and Soule ensures each one is a fit. Though largely setup for bigger things, issue #1 has plenty of enjoyable character, as rendered by Alex Maleev. The art style and narrative voice match the titular lead well, though at times the use of darker shadow doesn't mesh as well with the lighter tone. Lando's role in the Star Wars saga is a secondary one, but in the hands of Soule and Maleev he sure is interesting. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.1
|
Star Wars: Lando #2
Aug 13, 2015 |
Do people still use the word moxie? Because that's something Lando #2 has in spades. Not only have Charles Soule and Alex Maleev managed to build an investing narrative, but they've managed to do so away from the larger Star Wars universe enjoyed by the brand's other titles. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.9
|
Star Wars: Poe Dameron | 1 issues |
6.9
|
Star Wars: Poe Dameron #2
May 5, 2016 |
Poe himself also finds more a backseat role this time around, and while it's nice to see the rest of Black Squadron get some focus, their impact too feels minimal. That puts the book's entertainment value squarely on Phil Noto's artistic shoulders. While his great colors and exceptional character work again impress, it's ultimately not enough to elevate a so-so outing. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Star Wars: Rebel Heist | 1 issues |
8
|
Star Wars: Rebel Heist #2
May 29, 2014 |
With main characters scattered across the galaxy and a new one like to enter the fray come next issue, Rebel Heist is sure to delight Star Wars fans both new and old. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Star-Lord | 1 issues |
7
|
Star-Lord #1
Nov 19, 2015 |
Throughout his run on The Legendary Star-Lord, Sam Humphries proved he was able to balance the affable jokester with the cocky hotshot, making for an endearing sort of rapscallion. That same endearment isn't quite so prevalent early in his latest origin heavy go-round, as the quick deluge of growing pains the younger Quill is put through don't completely equate to an engaging lead. If anything, the bulk of the first issue reads like a checklist run-through of establishing characteristics. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.6
|
Starlight | 2 issues |
8
|
Starlight #3
May 15, 2014 |
Millar is able to do some quality world building this issue, positing a society that's otherworldly yet familiar. Though his pacing at times feels rushed in his hurry to introduce new characters, he once again captures the pulpy sci-fi goodness that's made the series so enjoyable thus far. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9.2
|
Starlight #6
Oct 23, 2014 |
Much as he's done all along, Millar imbues his final script with a classicism that gives it an almost timeless quality. While the story beats are undoubtedly familiar, the writer executes them so well that the eventual outcome is one both heartwarming and cheer-worthy. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.3
|
Storm | 1 issues |
8.3
|
Storm #1
Jul 23, 2014 |
All in all, Storm's first issue proves a welcome return to a fan favorite. Pak and Ibaez appear to have a great handle on the character, seemingly willing to show all of her different sides. Though the book thus far appears lacking in direction, The strong character work and excellent art make it a debut worth checking out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.8
|
Suicide Squad (2016) | 1 issues |
6.8
|
Suicide Squad (2016) #14
Mar 23, 2017 |
Still trying to get back to a (relative) degree of normalcy following their dust-up with the Justice League, Suicide Squad's latest is still a bit rough around the edges. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.1
|
Supergirl (2016) | 5 issues |
8.5
|
Supergirl (2016) #1
Sep 7, 2016 |
Equal parts humor and heart, Supergirl #1 is a strong start for creators Steve Orlando and Brian Ching. Pairing superhero adventure with a relatable focus on identity and fitting in, their Kara is at once an engaging and, despite her lineage, human presence. With some solid emotional plotting and a great batch of art by Ching, this debut stands as one of the brightest in DC's Rebirth lineup. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.9
|
Supergirl (2016) #2
Oct 13, 2016 |
Following his strong debut, Steve Orlando's second chapter dials up the drama, bombarding Kara with everything from job interviews to robot revelations. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.2
|
Supergirl (2016) #3
Nov 10, 2016 |
Further delving into Kara's sense of belonging, Supergirl #3 at last adds a very real sense of conflict to what has up to now been an uneven start. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Supergirl (2016) #5
Jan 12, 2017 |
There's still hope for this series, but this issue doesn't offer much. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Supergirl (2016) #7
Mar 9, 2017 |
Orlando is putting in the work to fully flesh out Kara as a character"it just may be a while longer before we see it fully pay off. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.5
|
Supergirl: Rebirth | 1 issues |
7.5
|
Supergirl: Rebirth #1
Aug 17, 2016 |
Supergirl: Rebirth is a stage-setting affair, tying up loose ends even as it introduces new ones. Steve Orlando's script has a few too many moving parts, but it also provides plenty to look forward to with some well placed setup and strong initial character. We won't know till September just how well this new look will hold up, but early indications point to a promising return for Kara Zor-El. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.8
|
Superman: Doomed | 1 issues |
6.8
|
Superman: Doomed #1
May 14, 2014 |
Superman Doomed #1 doesn't quite generate the excitement that an event book should, returning to familiar beats rather than creating new ones. It's not a total loss by any means, but given the talent involved one can't help but wish for more. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.5
|
Tech Jacket (2014) | 1 issues |
7.5
|
Tech Jacket (2014) #2
Aug 7, 2014 |
No matter how you slice it, Tech Jacket #2 is a brisk read. Joe Keatinge's latest chapter feels a bit like an extended look at issue #1, doing little to further the overall plot beyond the few requisite obstacles and sudden evil entrants. That's not to say the book is a loss, as this slower approach allows Keatinge to showcase the youthful nonchalance a teen with untold power would likely possess, playing up Zach's humor in fun and satisfying ways. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.6
|
Teen Titans (2014) | 3 issues |
6.9
|
Teen Titans (2014) #4
Nov 20, 2014 |
Teen Titans' first arc reaches its early conclusion, writer Will Pfiefer using the events of issue #4 as a stepping stone for bigger and better things. While that in itself isn't a bad plan, it does leave the past issues feeling a bit like an extended zero issue, as if certain pieces had to be placed before the series could really get going. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.5
|
Teen Titans (2014) #5
Dec 17, 2014 |
Rather than explore the team dynamic that has only just begun to feel fully formed, Will Pfeifer instead throws a wrench in the proceedings in the form of power pill poppin' prep-school punks. There's really no rhyme or reason to this decision other than to give the team another opportunity to spout battle talk and throw purple punches, and even that excuse feels like nothing more than a flimsy lead-in to introducing a new character and potential team member. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.4
|
Teen Titans (2014) #8
Mar 19, 2015 |
Though technically in a new arc, Teen Titans #8 feels same old same old both in content and execution. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.7
|
Teen Titans (2014) Annual | 1 issues |
6.7
|
Teen Titans (2014) Annual #1
Apr 2, 2015 |
Though the annual itself comes off as a bit wanting, the issue's final pages do serve in giving the book something it's sorely needed -- a direction. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.8
|
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles (2011) | 21 issues |
8.3
|
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles (2011) #34
Jun 5, 2014 |
The (literally) massive tease at the end hints at more drama to come, so revel in the respite while you can. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles (2011) #35
Jun 19, 2014 |
Mateus Santolouco again astounds, each page and panel sure to elicit many a Cowabunga. We've said it before and we'll say it again -- man it's good to be a Turtle fan. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.3
|
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles (2011) #36
Jul 17, 2014 |
For those wary of the Turtles' upcoming return to cinema, take heart -- the best Turtles story of the summer is already here. Writer Tom Waltz has done a fantastic job mining the characters' existing mythology and making it his own, his takes on old favorites familiar yet boldly different. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles (2011) #39
Oct 16, 2014 |
Tom Waltz and Mateus Santolouco continue to further develop their ever growing cast, using issue #39 as a means to explore rifts both new and existing. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.4
|
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles (2011) #41
Dec 11, 2014 |
The arc's slow buildup proves more than worth the wait, Waltz's script buoyed by the various layers he's spent so much time developing. Whether it's the budding relationship between the various mutants to Donatello's logical yet no less disheartening betrayal, Waltz has raised the stakes to a level not seen since the series' excellent City Fall arc. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.5
|
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles (2011) #42
Jan 21, 2015 |
With the brawl for it all looming, writer Tom Waltz slows the pace here in issue #42, avoiding any real conflict in lieu of placing his final pieces and players. Waltz does a fine job balancing these many different threads, but given the amount of page time dedicated to explaining them, much of the issue feels like a synopsis of what we already know, with only a few choice scenes given further embellishment. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.2
|
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles (2011) #43
Feb 26, 2015 |
Waltz and Co. have proved more than capable of hitting one over the fence, but this story would do well in coming a bit closer to home. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.9
|
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles (2011) #44
Mar 19, 2015 |
The events here are sure to prove divisive, especially among longtime fans, but Waltz and Smith deserve credit for delivering this shift in as straightforward a manner as possible. Smith's final page may be the most powerful in the series thus far, so if you've fallen behind, it's high time you caught up. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.5
|
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles (2011) #46
May 27, 2015 |
Visually, artist Mateus Santolouco slays it per usual, his great characterization making up for the book's lack of action or momentum. Unfortunately, all setup and no play makes for an issue that's just okay. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.9
|
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles (2011) #49
Aug 20, 2015 |
This is shaping up to be a definitive arc in a definitive run, so don't be left caught waiting for the pizza guy. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.5
|
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles (2011) #51
Oct 29, 2015 |
Issue #51 picks up after the game changing events of last issue, Waltz introducing us quickly and efficiently to the new status quo. In doing so, he also opens up a number of avenues for which the story can go, as nearly every character has his or her own thread to be further unraveled. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.5
|
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles (2011) #54
Jan 28, 2016 |
The shell hits the fan for Mikey and the Mutanimals here, as the secret dealings between Hun and Hob are given light. The dynamic Tom Waltz explores here isn't all too dissimilar from the trust issues reared across the series in past arcs, but again the writer is able to effectively mine the gray area between the black and white arguments presented. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.5
|
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles (2011) #58
May 12, 2016 |
This is a fantastic series in every measurable way, and while the segue into the book's next arc isn't its smoothest, it's still a shell of a good time. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.2
|
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles (2011) #59
Jun 16, 2016 |
TMNT has adopted a blink-and-you'll-miss-it approach to storytelling as of late, Tom Waltz and Kevin Eastman hardly allowing a second to process the last arc before diving shell first into the next. While said push allows for a consistent sense of momentum, it also hinders some of the series' more heightened moments. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.6
|
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles (2011) #60
Jul 28, 2016 |
Considering the tense lead-up to issue #60, the actual resolution of the arc proves rather lackluster by comparison. Not only is the cliffhanger from last issue rendered moot by a single line of throwaway dialogue, but Kitsune's long awaited uprising is over before it really even begins. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.2
|
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles (2011) #65
Dec 15, 2016 |
With little bearing to the main narrative this isn't quite a must read, but it's a thoroughly enjoyable one that provides a welcome and entertaining aside. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.6
|
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles (2011) #67
Feb 16, 2017 |
Tom Waltz's latest is a juggling act of sorts, the writer moving into the series' next arc with a flurry of different moves. Aside from a harrowing opener, the initial roll-out is on the slow side, Waltz content to focus on the Turtle's mental state now that they're out on their own. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.4
|
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles (2011) #68
Mar 23, 2017 |
Ninja wars and alien invasions are all well and good, but it's the consistently layered and ever evolving focus on what drives these characters that continues to make this series so investing. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.8
|
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles (2011) #69
May 4, 2017 |
If you skipped the past few arcs, this is the place to get back on |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles (2011) #70
Jun 15, 2017 |
Tom Waltz and Mateus Sanolouco have delivered their fair share of excellent finales throughout their Turtles run, and while issue #70 won't go down as one of their best, it's a serviceable capper to an overall fantastic arc. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.5
|
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles (2011) #71
Jun 29, 2017 |
Tom Waltz has taken his fair share of risks over the course of this series, but issue #71 might be his biggest departure yet. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.5
|
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles / Ghostbusters | 1 issues |
8.5
|
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles / Ghostbusters #1
Oct 22, 2014 |
Visually, the debut is handled by a trio of different artists. Dan Schoening gets the bulk of the work, his more animated visuals and kinetic line work proving to be a good fit for many of the more supernatural happenings. While the switch between pencillers is noticeable, it's not horrifically jarring, though one artist would likely benefit the book in creating a more consistent tone. In either case, there's something wonderful in seeing the characters share a page, and it's obvious that all involved share that same gleeful excitement in finally crossing these two franchise streams. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: Turtles in Time | 2 issues |
8
|
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: Turtles in Time #1
Jun 18, 2014 |
Turtles in Time doesn't invent the wheel, but it doesn't have to, offering an enjoyable and familiar tale that's sure to connect with readers of all ages. Thus far it's too early to say if there will be any real, consistent plot, but one thing is for certain--wherever they end up, we'll be waiting. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: Turtles in Time #2
Jul 24, 2014 |
With genuinely engaging drama and assumedly lasting repercussions, Turtles in Time proves a welcome entrant to the IDW stable. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
The Autumnlands | 8 issues |
8
|
The Autumnlands #2
Dec 4, 2014 |
Building off the catastrophic events of his debut, Kurt Busiek returns to further shake up the world he so meticulously constructed. The result is another solid and intriguing chapter, buoyed by the somewhat expected reveal of the newly resurrected Champion. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.3
|
The Autumnlands #3
Jan 21, 2015 |
Autumnlands may be slow moving, but it's getting better with every page. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.7
|
The Autumnlands #4
Feb 19, 2015 |
The issue's ending stands out as a bit abrupt given the pages preceding it, but with some forward momentum teased and an artist like Dewey on point, The Atumnlands remains well worth your time. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
The Autumnlands #5
Mar 26, 2015 |
In terms of pacing, The Autumnlands has really found its furry and feathered footing. Kurt Busiek's excellent world building pays dividends here in issue #5, the book's various maneuverings reading strong and assured. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.7
|
The Autumnlands #6
Jun 4, 2015 |
Issue #6 is a prime example of a book firing on all collaborative cylinders, so don't sleep on this great series. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.2
|
The Autumnlands #8
Dec 17, 2015 |
This book continues to be one of Image Comics' unsung gems " don't be left on the outside looking in. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.7
|
The Autumnlands #9
Feb 11, 2016 |
It's a gorgeous read, and one that feels completely assured from the first page to the last. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
The Autumnlands #10
Apr 14, 2016 |
There are plenty of wrinkles dotting the read, but even the inclusion of a formidable new threat fails to match the easy engagement of the series' earlier issues. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.8
|
The Bunker | 4 issues |
8
|
The Bunker #1
Aug 7, 2014 |
Fialkov appears prepped to deliver on his grand design, and while some characters do seem to fade into the background from issue to issue, the overall storytelling at play remains just as riveting as ever. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.2
|
The Bunker #4
May 22, 2014 |
Issue #4 sees the group further fracture, setting up what's sure to be an explosive reunion (introduction?). Joe Infurnari's art continues to be a trip, and nothing less than a visit from your future self should prevent you from picking this up. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.9
|
The Bunker #6
Sep 11, 2014 |
Taking place before the finding of the bunker, but after the cataclysmic events of the future (time travel!), issue #6 is filled with a number of startling revelations, chief among them being Grady's ever downward spiral away from morality. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.2
|
The Bunker #10
Mar 26, 2015 |
Considering the many shoulda, woulda, coulda's populating The Bunker's swirling narrative, we've yet to see any of the book's plausible after effects on a strictly personal level. With issue #10, Joshua Hale Fialkov and guest artist Brahm Revel offer such a glance, taking a step into the future for a self-contained one-shot. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.5
|
The Deep | 1 issues |
8.5
|
The Deep #1
Jan 11, 2017 |
Pairing family fun with seafaring adventure, The Deep #1 is a hit. Tom Taylor's characters are immediately relatable, making it easy to root for their success. James Brouwer creates a similar sense of investment with his animated expression and strong sense of setting, his world one we can't wait to see more of. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.5
|
The Discipline | 1 issues |
5.5
|
The Discipline #1
Mar 3, 2016 |
Peter Milligan sets the tone early, the script's blend of sex and monsters initially intriguing. The problem is, there's little of note beyond those two elements to this first issue or, perhaps more specifically, little that connects them in any concrete way. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
The Divided States of Hysteria | 1 issues |
7
|
The Divided States of Hysteria #1
Jun 8, 2017 |
While the book successfully mirrors the seeming chaos of our age, it's so brutish in its presentation that it's at times unclear just what conversation Chaykin hopes to spark. Timely? Sure. Controversial? You betcha. Anything else remains to be seen. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.5
|
The Empty Man | 1 issues |
8.5
|
The Empty Man #1
Jun 11, 2014 |
Aiding in the book's constant, unnerving tone is the atmospheric line work provided by artist Vanesa R. Del Rey. Her style is quite aggressive, filled with scratchy lines and deep, disquieting shadows. While her character work is solid and expressive, it's actually her set pieces that prove the most transfixing--everything has such a strong undercurrent of realism that it's hard not to let that niggling feeling of uncertainty creep into the back of your head. Colorist Michael Garland completes the effect, his palette one of subdued hues and inky blacks. Say it with me--creepy. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.6
|
The Fade Out | 5 issues |
9
|
The Fade Out #1
Jan 7, 2015 |
Furthering this mistrust is artist Phillips. He continues to prove a master of subtlety; each character lives with a false smile at their lips and two fingers twisted behind their back, nothing and no one ever what it appears at the surface. He and colorist Elizabeth Breitweiser combine for a litany of memorable images, using numerous artistic styles to convey Charlie's ever changing mental state. From black and white flashbacks to the war to hazy, blurred attempts at remembrance, each panel tells its own, important story. All said, The Fade Out represents some of comics top talent at their highest form, and it this point it's only getting better. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.8
|
The Fade Out #2
Oct 2, 2014 |
In the afterward of The Fade Out issue #2, writer Ed Brubaker comments on the first issue's surprising success given the series' less than commercial premise. Reading the issue, it's made abundantly clear that the series doesn't need to be commercial to succeed, so fully committed are Brubaker and collaborator Sean Phillips in delivering the best story possible. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.6
|
The Fade Out #3
Nov 13, 2014 |
It's some heavy stuff, and when paired with Phillips' perfect sense of setting and excellent character work, it may be the most complete issue thus far. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.4
|
The Fade Out #5
Apr 16, 2015 |
The Fade Out is far from an easy read, especially on an issue to issue basis, but it's so dang good that it's worth the mental knots it puts you through. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
The Fade Out #7
Jun 25, 2015 |
When it comes to Ed Brubaker and Sean Phillips, there's no such thing as a quiet issue. The Fade Out #7 initially appears as such, but even when the tension is light it's never quite gone, always simmering just beneath the surface. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.5
|
The Fix | 5 issues |
9
|
The Fix #3
Jun 9, 2016 |
It may seem premature to anoint The Fix as one of the best titles on the shelf after only three issues, but the work Nick Spencer and Steve Lieber are doing here makes it worthy of the praise. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.3
|
The Fix #5
Sep 15, 2016 |
The Fix continues to be the best show on HBO that doesn't exist. The reason for that in large part comes down to its ever delightful cast of characters. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.4
|
The Fix #6
Oct 13, 2016 |
The Fix can be dark, it can be juvenile, but it's never anything less than 100% entertaining. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.3
|
The Fix #7
Dec 22, 2016 |
Comedy and crime is a tough mix in any format, but The Fix has it down pat. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.3
|
The Fix #8
Feb 23, 2017 |
Mac is given a surprisingly meaty role this time around, and one with plenty of emotional layers. Those same layers again highlight the impressive balance of Spencer's scripts. His ability to move from heart wrenching to gut bursting is one of the book's strongest attributes, second only to Steve Lieber's equally nuanced pencils. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.8
|
The Infinite Adventures of Jonas Quantum | 1 issues |
7.8
|
The Infinite Adventures of Jonas Quantum #1
Sep 17, 2015 |
The Infinite Adventures of Jonas Quantum #1 reads like an homage to all things sci-fi, buoyed by the strong collaboration between Guggenheim and Williams. The issue's standalone structure leaves some answers as feeling all too convenient, but there's enough carry over to warrant further investment. The real treat is Quantum himself, and with a strong sense of character and an enjoyable visual style, this series is worth a look. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.3
|
The Kitchen | 2 issues |
7.6
|
The Kitchen #1
Nov 13, 2014 |
As far as first issues go, The Kitchen does a solid job of getting its premise off the ground, even if its way of doing so feels a tad abrupt. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.9
|
The Kitchen #2
Dec 17, 2014 |
We still need more from this book overall, but the pieces are worth investing in. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.3
|
The Life After | 4 issues |
9.5
|
The Life After #1
Jul 10, 2014 |
To put it simply, The Life After is pretty great. Fialkov and Gabo blow away expectation, their debut both unique and resonant. The best part -- if this debut is indicative of what's to come, we ain't seen nothing yet. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.4
|
The Life After #2
Aug 21, 2014 |
Following last month's stellar debut, The Life After returns to decidedly higher expectations. Whether or not those expectations are met is sure to be cause for debate, as issue #2 is noticeably different. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.8
|
The Life After #4
Oct 16, 2014 |
While it's still tough to say just where the series is going, the book's final pages, coupled with the clear vision of the creators, makes for one unique and compelling chapter. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.5
|
The Life After #7
Feb 26, 2015 |
Murdered animal deities, child ninjas, shadowy strangers in well-lit rooms " The Life After is back, and it's weirder than ever. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.3
|
The Mighty Captain Marvel (2016) | 3 issues |
6.2
|
The Mighty Captain Marvel (2016) #1
Jan 19, 2017 |
It's a simple, if familiar, setup, and while this first issue won't bowl over any readers, it's a solidly constructed and character appropriate start. With artist Ramon Rosanas turning in a similarly strong debut, there's plenty of time for this title to become as mighty as its title promise. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
The Mighty Captain Marvel (2016) #3
Mar 30, 2017 |
This is a perfectly serviceable series; it's just in danger of becoming a forgettable one. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.7
|
The Mighty Captain Marvel (2016) #5
May 25, 2017 |
The book's Secret Empire tie-in will offer plenty of opportunity to turn things around, but it's still on Stohl and Rosanas to make good on their obvious talent. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
The Mighty Thor (2015) | 8 issues |
8
|
The Mighty Thor (2015) #2
Dec 16, 2015 |
Thor continues to be a white hot character in the hands of Aaron and Dauterman. Issue #2 doesn't carry quite the same weight found in the debut, but it does serve to shine a spotlight on the book's more secondary characters. Add in a deliciously duplicitous turn by Loki and a great set of spreads by Dauterman and you get another entertaining installment. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
The Mighty Thor (2015) #4
Feb 18, 2016 |
The Mighty Thor remains one of Marvel's top new reads, again bolstered by the stellar creative team of Jason Aaron and Russell Dauterman. Aaron's top notch development is further heightened by Dauterman's equally effective visuals, the two combining for a character driven read that sets up even bigger things to come. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.3
|
The Mighty Thor (2015) #5
Mar 10, 2016 |
The path they're taking is a familiar one, but as always Aaron and Dauterman deliver where it counts. The events of issue #5 reposition the book's cast in unique and often challenging ways, paving the way for further drama and turmoil down the pike. Aaron's strong characterization is again given greater life via Dauterman's expressive visuals, the result being another strong installment with many long lasting repurcussions. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.5
|
The Mighty Thor (2015) #6
Apr 20, 2016 |
The Mighty Thor #6 isn't an essential chapter, particularly following the events of last issue, and as such its tough not to be left wanting more. That said, what's here is solid and well constructed, Aaron's tale of envy and deceit given staunch life by Garres' strong, weighty visuals. With another chapter left to go and a great bit of smashing teased ahead, this standalone story still proves worthy of a look. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.8
|
The Mighty Thor (2015) #11
Sep 22, 2016 |
Jason Aaron's latest hurdles to its action packed conclusion, he and Russell Dauterman delivering a tense standoff between friends and foes alike. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.8
|
The Mighty Thor (2015) #12
Oct 20, 2016 |
Aaron's history and forging is appropriately epic, with plenty of God battles, thunder strikes and space sharks. Beyond the initial entertainment, it also offers a unique look at the hammer's temperament and relationship with its wielder, something Aaron clearly sets up to be further explored with the upcoming Unworthy Thor #1. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
The Mighty Thor (2015) #16
Feb 16, 2017 |
In an issue that actually tries to avoid confrontation, Dauterman and Jason Aaron still manage to deliver a ton of it, with plenty of terse standoffs and equally electric action spreads driving the read. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.4
|
The Mighty Thor (2015) #19
May 18, 2017 |
Aaron's ending segue lays it on a bit thick, but one thing is certain " this excellent ride is nowhere near over. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.7
|
The Names | 1 issues |
7.7
|
The Names #1
Sep 3, 2014 |
Milligan does a nice job setting the tone and placing the players, moving them in convenient yet no less interesting ways. Some of the aggression does comes off as a bit gratuitous, but by and large Milligan's script is engrossing and will leave interest piqued for more. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.3
|
The Once And Future Queen | 1 issues |
7.3
|
The Once And Future Queen #1
Mar 2, 2017 |
The back half of the book is a stark departure from the more deliberate pacing of the opener, the lead's sudden ascension from chess prodigy to sword wielding Queen unleashing a cavalcade of information and rapid setup. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.5
|
The Squidder | 1 issues |
8.5
|
The Squidder #2
Aug 7, 2014 |
Ben Templesmith is proving to be a man of many talents. The Squidder returns, Templesmith ably building off his impressive debut with another gorgeous and expansive installment. Fans have long admired the creator's creepily gnarled and beautifully imagined art, but it's his writing that's stood out this far, his world building engaging and well plotted. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.2
|
The Totally Awesome Hulk | 2 issues |
7.5
|
The Totally Awesome Hulk #2
Jan 7, 2016 |
The Totally Awesome Hulk enjoyed a totally awesome debut, and for the most part the giddy goodness of issue #1 carries over into its follow-up. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.9
|
The Totally Awesome Hulk #11
Oct 27, 2016 |
There's still entertainment to be had, especially with Mahmud Asrar's clear choreography throughout the aforementioned smackdowns, but all in all the many plot points read more manufactured than mesmerizing. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
9.0
|
The Unbeatable Squirrel Girl | 2 issues |
9.5
|
The Unbeatable Squirrel Girl #1
Jan 7, 2015 |
The Unbeatable Squirrel Girl is definitely worth your time. It's witty and wise, funny and fast, each page and panel sure to crack even the most stone-faced smile. North and Henderson have a great handle on their boisterous lead, the duo proving as solid a pair as Doreen and Tippy Toe. Read it! |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
The Unbeatable Squirrel Girl #3
Mar 19, 2015 |
It's tough to say how the book's sporadic structure will hold over time, but as of now the pairing of North and Henderson remains darn near unbeatable. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.3
|
The United States of Murder Inc. | 6 issues |
8.8
|
The United States of Murder Inc. #1
May 15, 2014 |
The United States of Murder Inc. #1 offers an intriguing premise, great art and a bevy of well crafted characters. Though there are a few minor nitpicks, the quality pairing of Bendis and Oeming is sure to bring readers back for more. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
The United States of Murder Inc. #2
Jun 11, 2014 |
Aside from the final pages, issue #2 proves a bit slower than its explosive debut, focusing more on relationships than anything else. Michael Avon Oeming gamely embraces the change in pace, using his great character work and masterful use of shadow to convey the ever changing tone and mood. Considering his relatively simplistic style, it's amazing how much his mobsters look like mobsters. A furrow here, some sunken eyes there--every scene is exactly what you'd picture when reading the spoken words, a true testament to the artists' collaboration. Add in the simple yet effective colors from Taki Soma and you get another stellar issue that would be...unwise to miss. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.4
|
The United States of Murder Inc. #3
Jul 10, 2014 |
Art wise, the pages put forth by Michael Avon Oeming are again a treat, his layouts both inventive and visually appealing. His use of shadow is fantastic, using shapes and silhouettes to further bolster his unique stylings. That said, the color work comes off as a bit distracting this time around. Though the garish, monochromatic hues work in making the book decidedly different and most assuredly memorable, it also makes it tough to discern exactly what is going on in certain panels. Minor nits to be sure, but in a book this well constructed even the smallest stand out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
The United States of Murder Inc. #4
Aug 14, 2014 |
The move to Vegas proves a welcome one, particularly when rendered by Michael Avon Oeming. The artist turns in some excellent pages, everything from the action sequences to the rich locales well constructed and appealing. Add in the best color work we've seen so far and you have one fine looking book. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
The United States of Murder Inc. #5
Sep 11, 2014 |
The problem is that with so many moving parts, it's difficult at times to remember where they all fit, especially when new characters with new histories and motivations are around every corner. It seems silly to fault a book for giving too much, but with such an ever fluid narrative, a little hand holding would be almost welcome. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.5
|
The United States of Murder Inc. #6
Feb 5, 2015 |
After a long, long, LONG gap between issues, Brian Michael Bendis and Michael Avon Oeming return to finally finish off their first arc. Bendis manages to squeeze in some history before dealing with the various aftermaths he left behind, and while the break between issues does the book no favors in continuity, it's easy enough to pick back up. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.2
|
The Unsound | 1 issues |
7.2
|
The Unsound #1
Jun 8, 2017 |
Cullen Bunn knows his way around a horror tale. And yet, with The Unsound it feels like the writer simply can't wait to get to the good stuff, and as a result this first issue comes off somewhat rushed. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.4
|
The Valiant | 3 issues |
8.5
|
The Valiant #1
Dec 10, 2014 |
Not only is The Valiant #1 a great jumping on point for new readers, it's also a great comic. Matt Kindt and Jeff Lemire work in perfect sync, their debut further bolstered by Paulo Rivera's immersive art. This is a story that's only just scratched the surface of it's potential, so if you've been looking to get into the universe, don't sleep on this one. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.8
|
The Valiant #2
Jan 21, 2015 |
Speaking of the world " what a world it is when drawn by Paolo Rivera. His line work remains absolutely fantastic, filled with big moments and nuanced quirks that give each page that little something more. Whether it's Ninjak ninja-ing quietly out of the snow or the growing nightmare that is Mr. Flay, Rivera's art is so on point that it's worth the cover price alone. Don't miss it. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
The Valiant #3
Feb 18, 2015 |
The duo have somehow become the best part of The Valiant, as Bloodshot works to keep the promise that Gilad never could. Much of their chemistry comes courtesy of artist Paolo Rivera. His monsters and splash pages draw the eye (and his Mr. Flay ensures they'll never close), but it's his expressive storytelling that continues to be the main pull. Bloodshot and Kay bonding over beef jerky is an excellent example, Rivera using slight shifts in body language and expression to convey wary disapproval and guilty satisfaction. If he can make two characters eating beef jerky interesting, who knows what he'll turn out for the finale. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
9.2
|
The Wake | 2 issues |
8.8
|
The Wake #9
Jun 5, 2014 |
Issue #9 only raises an already high bar, both artists in top form with their storytelling. The ending is sure to stir up a number of different theories, but one thing is for certain--the finale can't get here soon enough. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9.5
|
The Wake #10
Jul 31, 2014 |
Is it perfect? No, but it certainly strives to be, each reveal and character beat delivered with the utmost care. Though a refresher read of previous chapters may be necessary in order to truly appreciate the beauty of The Wake's finale, even someone new to the world would have to acknowledge that we're leaving it all too soon. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.3
|
The Wicked + The Divine | 21 issues |
7.8
|
The Wicked + The Divine #3
Aug 21, 2014 |
The continued push to introduce new characters could prove problematic long term as we've yet to really get to know many of the others, but in terms of sheer execution and ambitious storytelling, Wic + Dev can't be beat. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.7
|
The Wicked + The Divine #4
Sep 18, 2014 |
The Wicked + The Divine continues to be one beautifully constructed, infinitely complicated beast. It's complex to the point of being downright confusing at times, yet the premise is so darn intriguing that you can't help but want to understand, even if that understanding isn't easily gained. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
The Wicked + The Divine #5
Oct 23, 2014 |
Whether it's Lucifer coolly lighting a cigarette amidst the burning wreckage or the sudden, awesome appearance of the Morrigan, every panel brims with vivid life. And those final pages? Hoo boy. The wait for next issue is going to be an ungodly one. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.8
|
The Wicked + The Divine #6
Dec 17, 2014 |
Though on the slower side when compared to last issue's explosive finale, The Wicked + The Divine continues to hit a nice balance between external wonderment and internal strife. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.6
|
The Wicked + The Divine #7
Jan 21, 2015 |
The book's second arc is as smart as it is deep, and there's no telling the depths we've yet to go. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
The Wicked + The Divine #8
Feb 25, 2015 |
Though light on outright progression, issue #8 comes out a win courtesy of the art team. Jamie McKelvie continues to find new and inventive ways to stage the book's various proceedings, ably adapting Gillen's segmented narrative into pointedly visual beats. The recurring 1, 2, 3, 4 that appears throughout is quite unique, McKelvie adding an almost lyrical quality to his presentation. That said, its colorist Matt Wilson who deserves the gold star for this installment. His colors have always been great but here they're flat out fantastic, his electric hues perfecting encapsulating Dionysus magnetic influence. His color work is so strong that the book's final pages feel like a depressing crash from an exhilarating high, Dionysus' final admittance made even more painfully poignant. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.2
|
The Wicked + The Divine #9
Mar 26, 2015 |
All of Gillen and McKelvie's pieces finally appear in play, making The Wicked + The Divine's return one worth looking forward to. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.8
|
The Wicked + The Divine #11
Jun 4, 2015 |
Kieron Gillen and Jamie McKelvie again manage to surprise, toeing the line of expectation once more before thumbing their noses and leaping off it entirely. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.2
|
The Wicked + The Divine #12
Jul 2, 2015 |
It's undeniably jarring to have someone other than Jamie McKelvie at the helm, but Brown's intimate, muted quality fits well with the issue's somber atmosphere. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9.4
|
The Wicked + The Divine #14
Sep 10, 2015 |
One month after Kieron Gillen devastated with a pointed look at celebrity pressure and the cruel evil of social anonymity, he offers an equally sharp look at the reverse. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.5
|
The Wicked + The Divine #17
Dec 17, 2015 |
The real depth ends up coming from guest artist Brandon Graham. As far as styles go Graham's is easily one of the more simplistic issues we've seen, but his simplicity actually goes a long way in heightening the book's focus. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
The Wicked + The Divine #18
Apr 7, 2016 |
Where the series goes from here is anyone's guess, but one thing is certain " this is one show you don't want to miss. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.3
|
The Wicked + The Divine #19
May 5, 2016 |
Escalation has been the name of the game so far in Kieron Gillen and Jamie McKelvie's latest arc, and if issue #19 is any indication the fun has only just begun. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.3
|
The Wicked + The Divine #20
Jun 9, 2016 |
While the forward progression stalls, issue #20 is ultimately an excellent installment for those who have been following the series from the beginning, Kieron Gillen and Jamie McKelvie at last delivering on many of the series' most burning unanswered questions. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.8
|
The Wicked + The Divine #22
Aug 18, 2016 |
Kieron Gillen and Co. upped their game with this issue. One can only wonder what comes next. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
The Wicked + The Divine #23
Nov 3, 2016 |
The Wicked + The Divine is nothing if not unconventional, but even the most familiar fans will admit that issue #23 is a step out of the box. Rather than use the ongoing narrative to explore the aftermath of Ananke's death, Kieron Gillen instead opts for a different and altogether unique format -- the magazine profile. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.8
|
The Wicked + The Divine #24
Dec 8, 2016 |
This is early arc stuff, but with McKelvie back in the saddle and Gillen warming up, we might be back in must-read territory soon enough. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
The Wicked + The Divine #25
Jan 5, 2017 |
The game may have changed, but the quality of this title certainly hasn't. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.8
|
The Wicked + The Divine #26
Feb 9, 2017 |
Gillen, who has worked so painstakingly to build the rules of his world, at long last allows his characters to break them. The appearance of a threatening and mysterious enemy opens the story to a number of intriguing possibilities, especially with the fractured Pantheon divided in how best to face them. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.4
|
The Wicked + The Divine #27
Mar 9, 2017 |
Throughout this arc Gillen and McKelvie have set up adversaries without and within, and it's that complexity that makes issue #27 so compelling. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.4
|
The Wicked + The Divine #28
Apr 13, 2017 |
Like a rock to a hornet's nest, this recent arc has been all about reaction and escalation. Said themes have been no stranger to Kieron Gillen's tale, but with an oppressive foe on the horizon and the Pantheon's lifetime hourglass trickling ever down, the writer sees fit to give that nest another kick. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
9.2
|
The Wicked + The Divine One Shot | 2 issues |
9.5
|
The Wicked + The Divine: 1831 #1
Sep 22, 2016 |
It's rare that a one-shot reads as strong or stronger than its flagship title " this one proves the exception. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.8
|
The Wicked + The Divine: 455 AD #1
May 18, 2017 |
Gillen's look at a 455 A.D. Lucifer is a devastating one, the character stretching further and further in refusing to face his own inevitable end. It's a searing and often unsettling portrayal, particularly in how it informs the framework of the present day tale. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.3
|
The Woods | 2 issues |
8
|
The Woods #2
Jun 5, 2014 |
The Woods is a hard book to pin down. On the one hand, it's got a serious horror vibe to it, what with the many unexplained events, grisly murders and things that go bump in the night. On the other, it's darn funny, possessing a cheeky wit that doesn't always complement the title's more serious nature. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
The Woods #4
Aug 7, 2014 |
Now we're getting somewhere. The Woods ended on quite the curious note last issue, and while issue #4 provides little in the way of answers, it does manage to up the intrigue quite considerably. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Thor (2014) | 5 issues |
8
|
Thor (2014) #2
Nov 13, 2014 |
The Goddess of Thunder's first real action is a success as Jason Aaron captures the dichotomy between the wizened god and the newbie hammer-holder. Issue #2 is jam packed with the same clever dialogue and awesome action that's marked Aaron's run so far, and if this issue is any indication he shows no sign of slowing down. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.4
|
Thor (2014) #4
Jan 28, 2015 |
It's a fine line between action and drama, and it's one one Dauterman continues to nail, his expressive pencils loaded with detail and nuance. While undoubtedly skilled in hammer swinging, it's his emotional beats that soar, from the Odinson's palpable pain to Thor's humble yet exuberant pride. This characterization alone makes all the difference, and when paired with Matthew Wilson's excellent coloring, this is a Thor book as good as any we've yet seen. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.8
|
Thor (2014) #5
Feb 11, 2015 |
As mentioned, Russell Dauterman takes the issue off, presumably to catch some rays on the sands of Muspelheim. Guest artist Jorge Molina proves a more than capable stand-in, his lines sharp and eye-catching. His placement, both on the streets of Midgard to the halls of Asgard, is top notch, utilizing setting and space remarkably well. As far as fill in artists go you can't do much better, and while we eagerly await Dauterman's return, Molina is welcome to stop by anytime. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.8
|
Thor (2014) #6
Mar 12, 2015 |
Aaron and Dauterman remain on point as Thor takes a backseat and the Odinson makes his rounds. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Thor (2014) #7
Apr 15, 2015 |
Artist Dauterman also aids in that regard, his crisp pencils and dynamic layouts again appealing. He and colorist Matthew Wilson combine for a number of gorgeous visuals, each unique and distinct in their imagining. From the bright, sickly greens and damaging nature of a toxic refinery to a horrifying yet oddly beautiful display of elvish murder, the duo ensures that every page is worth a linger. Couple that with Thor's epic knock down brawl with the Destroyer (complete with one heck of an impressive cavalry) and you have a book that's sure to enthrall even after the mystery fades. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Thor (2014) Annual | 1 issues |
7
|
Thor (2014) Annual #1
Feb 25, 2015 |
Thor Annual #1 is a solid collection, each writer/artist team delivering a tale worthy of Asgard. There's not much to take away from the read beyond some slight progression, but it's nevertheless an enjoyable read for fans both new and old. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.3
|
Thor: God of Thunder | 1 issues |
8.3
|
Thor: God of Thunder #25
Sep 17, 2014 |
In fact, the whole issue ends with one big tease, the Girls of Thunder uncovering a seemingly never seen book of tales. Inside we get our first glimpse of the new female Thor, She Who Ignites The Internet, framed by a who's who of Thor's most famous foes. Whether it's just a subtle nod to history or a sign of things to come is unknown, but one thing is for sure " no matter the gender, Thor remains in the best of hands. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.3
|
Thors | 2 issues |
8.6
|
Thors #1
Jun 18, 2015 |
Law and Order gets an all Thor unit in this cool procedural take. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.9
|
Thors #2
Jul 30, 2015 |
With its narrative firmly in play and a great creative team on board, Thors #2 proves that lightning (lowers sunglasses) does strike twice. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.5
|
Titans (2016) | 1 issues |
7.5
|
Titans (2016) #10
Apr 13, 2017 |
While not the strongest issue, the pairing of Booth's kinetically choreographed art with a fan-friendly cliffhanger makes for an easily digestible read. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Titans: Rebirth | 1 issues |
8
|
Titans: Rebirth #1
Jun 15, 2016 |
The band gets back together in Titans: Rebirth, Dan Abnett and Brett Booth providing an entertaining walk down memory lane. Their use of a split time narrative both establishes past connections and a new status quo, presenting a clear direction for the series going forward. It's not the most exciting of debuts, but it shows a clear understanding of the characters most know and love. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.3
|
TMNT: Bebop & Rocksteady Destroy Everything | 3 issues |
5.5
|
TMNT: Bebop & Rocksteady Destroy Everything #1
Jun 2, 2016 |
With the bulky setup out of the way, hopefully the next issue will feature more fun and less frustration. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5.4
|
TMNT: Bebop & Rocksteady Destroy Everything #2
Jun 9, 2016 |
The book's rotating art team does what it can to keep things entertaining, but if not for yet another admittedly great cliffhanger, this book would be better left in the past. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
TMNT: Bebop & Rocksteady Destroy Everything #5
Jun 30, 2016 |
We sincerely hope that there are more Turtles-centric offshoots in the works, as there's plenty of entertainment to be had in TMNT's vast universe. As a representative of that quality, though, this series doesn't stack up. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.9
|
Tokyo Ghost | 6 issues |
8
|
Tokyo Ghost #1
Sep 17, 2015 |
No matter how you slice it, Tokyo Ghost is a great read. Its fast and frenetic, driven by a strong narrative pulse and some amazing art. That said, as of now the book's human element isn't quite there yet, leaving some of the book's more emotional scenes to fall just short. With more depth and development this has the look of a series that could end up being incredible; as it stands now, it's just really dang good. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
Tokyo Ghost #2
Oct 22, 2015 |
It's not uncommon for a series to dip a bit following its debut, as the initial stage-setting bonanza gives way to a more measured, beat-driven approach. Tokyo Ghost takes such perceptions and puts them on mute; if anything, issue #2 is even more focused in its world building, forgoing the action insanity of its first issue in lieu of involving back-story and well articulated setup. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Tokyo Ghost #4
Dec 17, 2015 |
The final pages aid in lending a welcome sense of direction, but overall the issue itself never fully grabs hold. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.5
|
Tokyo Ghost #5
Jan 21, 2016 |
Tokyo Ghost's first arc reaches its literally explosive conclusion, Rick Remender and Sean Murphy ratcheting their frenetic dial up to 11. The resulting read is loaded with (again literal) eye-popping spectacle, even if the overall impact of the finale remains to be seen. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Tokyo Ghost #9
Aug 4, 2016 |
If you expected Rick Remender and Sean Murphy to ease up following last issue's emotional gut-puncher, think again. While not as personally devastating, issue #9 starts fast and doesn't let up, further detailing Davey Trauma's horrendous designs while still devoting time to those left mourning in his wake. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
Tokyo Ghost #10
Sep 1, 2016 |
With such a union of heavyweights, expectations for this series were sky high. And in the end, it delivers. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Trees | 3 issues |
8.5
|
Trees #1
May 28, 2014 |
Trees is a bold debut that offers many questions and fewer answers. The book's large scope is intriguing, made even more so when considering that much of humanity's demise is self-inflicted. Though we only get a glimpse of the assumed main players here in issue #1, Ellis and Howard appear prepped to deliver a uniquely exciting read. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Trees #2
Jun 26, 2014 |
Visually, Jason Howard continues to excel, his scratchy, aggressive stylings adding a welcome edge to the proceedings. Though there are a few puzzling sequences, most notably between Eligia and the knife wielding ghost doodler guy, overall Trees proves to be some of Howard's best work to date. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.6
|
Trees #3
Jul 24, 2014 |
There's a sense of something building, but the narrative remains maddeningly murky, dangling a number of interesting carrots just inches from our collective noses. Hopefully we'll soon get to bite. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.5
|
Uncanny Avengers (2015) | 2 issues |
7
|
Uncanny Avengers (2015) #5
Feb 4, 2016 |
Gerry Duggan does a solid job of slipping Remy into the mix, acknowledging the shared history while dodging any real specifics as to his place in the story. This, of course, culminates in an equally solid bit of tomfoolery " whether or not said trickery will impact the story going forward remains to be seen, but in either case it's a nice aside from the usual mission oriented drama, even if it as now adds little. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Uncanny Avengers (2015) #16
Nov 10, 2016 |
No matter how dressed-up the narrative, "resurrected zombie-Hulk" was always going to be the signature hook of Uncanny Avengers' latest arc. And in true rock-em-sock-em fashion, Gerry Duggan delivers hard on this expectation, turning the gamma-irradiated ghoul against his former cohorts. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.2
|
Uncanny Inhumans | 4 issues |
7.4
|
Uncanny Inhumans #1
Oct 21, 2015 |
As a debut, The Uncanny Inhumans #1 does well in both setting the stage and labeling the players, Soule's script only slightly stunted by the dragging exposition. Long term readers will find the issue a bit more on the recap side, but with a promising new narrative and some great art from Steve McNiven, the Inhumans might not be so far from superstardom after all. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.9
|
Uncanny Inhumans #8
May 12, 2016 |
Taking a break from the politicking of recent issues, Charles Soule uses issue #8 to answer the burning question " how did Medusa and the Human Torch get together? Puns aside, this was likely a question that didn't need answered, particularly given the extended page time it takes to do it. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Uncanny Inhumans #12
Aug 4, 2016 |
Charles Soule undoubtedly benefits from his cast playing principle roles in Civil War II, but even still, he does a solid job of utilizing the unfolding events in a way that benefits his story rather than detracts from it. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.5
|
Uncanny Inhumans #16
Dec 1, 2016 |
With Marvel's latest X v Y (or I, in this case) event set to start, Charles Soule takes a surprisingly restrained approach to his latest. Focusing almost exclusively on the newly returned Inhuman, Auran, the writer delivers an action heavy installment that also hits on some strong emotional notes. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.7
|
Uncanny Inhumans Annual | 1 issues |
7.7
|
Uncanny Inhumans Annual #1
Aug 25, 2016 |
While it's still hard at times not to compare the Inhumans to another marginalized group of x-ceptional individuals, the continued push to establish the Nuhumans as people first, heroes second, continues to pay off. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.4
|
Unity | 15 issues |
7.5
|
Unity #0
Oct 16, 2014 |
Visually, artist Cary Nord does an excellent job rendering the proceedings, his characters effectively straddling the line between retro and something more. The atmosphere he creates, through the use of body language and detailed backdrops, is top notch, effectively capturing both the good times and the bad. When joined with the colors provided courtesy of Jose Villarrubia, issue #0 takes on an almost fantastical air, the book's visuals hauntingly picturesque.Issue #0 offers little in the way of what's to come, but by offering a snapshot of what came before Kindt opens up the narrative to a host of possibilities. While Gilad's final musings are ultimately hopeful, his time on Unit Y showed that even super heroes can be beaten. Whether this is a precursor of what's to come remains to be seen, but either way the tale of Unit Y is not a wasted one. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.5
|
Unity #7
May 22, 2014 |
Artist CAFU proves a highlight, his pencils expressive and fluid. Characters shift and move with real weight, making sequences such as Ninjak's airfield assault feel fast and exciting. The artist also has a great sense of scale, his locales and set pieces well tailored to the scenes at hand. Next month sees the beginning of the Armor Hunters event, so here's hoping Unity has an important role in it. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
Unity #8
Jun 18, 2014 |
We've still yet to learn much about the Hunters or their ultimate goal, Kindt keeping their motivations largely close to the vest. This decision works in reinforcing Unity's need for preparedness, and by issues end it's clear they'll need to plan for any and every eventuality. Unity embraces it's role in the Armor Hunters saga, aided by Kindt's strong characterization and the surprise addition of Bloodshot. Valiant's greatest heroes have saved the world before, but Kindt and Co. sure aren't making it easy to do so again. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Unity #9
Jul 17, 2014 |
The latest issue of Unity feels a bit like filler, but it's engaging filler that gives additional page time to some deserving characters. The late hook almost assuredly will lead into the next issue of Armor Hunters, finally giving Bloodshot a reason to stretch his itchy trigger fingers. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Unity #10
Aug 14, 2014 |
It's not a bad issue, as there's some legitimately affecting moments, but considering the great job Unity has done at standing out throughout this event, issue #10 just doesn't quite cut it. That said, it's still dang pretty, artist Stephen Segovia delivering his usual blend of high-octane action and dramatic character work. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.2
|
Unity #11
Sep 18, 2014 |
At this point the Armor Hunters saga has begun to noticeably drag, the book's major events continually set aside in favor of smaller, more character focused tie-ins. Unity #11 offers another such tie-in, returning to the continued adventures of odd-couple Ninjak and Gilad. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.3
|
Unity #12
Nov 13, 2014 |
Given the rather expansive nature of the read, CAFU is left with quite a bit of work to do. The artist responds ably, his detailed pencil work and cinematic eye working in fine concert with Kindt's complex script. There's not much in the way of action, yet CAFU still manages to draw the eye, his panel work reminiscent of a political thriller. The highlight is undoubtedly the video collage of Unity candidates, as he effectively establishes the greater Valiant U in one simple but important panel. With changes good and bad on the horizon and a host of interesting characters new and old to cull from, there's never been an easier time to hop on board. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.4
|
Unity #15
Feb 19, 2015 |
Set directly after Unity's battle against the United, issue #15 delves into the immediate aftermath such a battle has on its only powerless combatant. Matt Kindt uses this setup to good effect, exploring just how it is Ninjak does what he does, and the cost, physical and mental, it takes to do it. Such presentation proves revealing in a number of ways, but it also feels a tad forced in spots, such as when Ninjak immediately takes on another mission so soon after getting his innards pushed back in. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Unity #16
Mar 12, 2015 |
While this installment doesn't offer much beyond what we've seen before, it's nonetheless an engaging and well-constructed chapter. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.4
|
Unity #17
Apr 16, 2015 |
Kindt and Perez ensure that Livewire's story is one worth reading, but we're also more than ready to get back to the main conflict. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Unity #19
Jun 11, 2015 |
Unity has placed an added emphasis on character history as of late, something that continues as the book begins its latest arc. In an interesting twist of pace, writer Matt Kindt focuses that same introspective eye towards the book's newly introduced adversary, War-Monger, issue #19 serving as more origin story than true jumping on point. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.5
|
Unity #21
Aug 13, 2015 |
All told, it's going to take one doozy of a finale to leave this arc well remembered. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.5
|
Unity #22
Sep 10, 2015 |
The arc itself has been somewhat of a low point for the series, and as such Matt Kindt deserves credit for ending it on a noticeable high note. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.5
|
Unity #24
Nov 12, 2015 |
While mostly serving as a frenetic palette cleanser in between full arcs, issue #24 nonetheless fulfills its popcorn promise. That said, it does feel like an opportunity missed, or at least one glossed over. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.3
|
Unity #25
Dec 10, 2015 |
It's not the send-off most would expect, but that doesn't make it any less enjoyable. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Veil | 2 issues |
8.7
|
Veil #4
Jul 31, 2014 |
Writer Greg Rucka builds off last issue's horrific transformation, at last (sorta) revealing what Veil really is. He then uses the issue to position his finale, setting up a devilish standoff that's sure to end poorly for someone. That said, as good as Rucka is this issue, artist Toni Fejzula is even better. This may be his best work yet, each page sinister and captivating in its imagining. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.2
|
Veil #5
Oct 16, 2014 |
Given the rather eerie and expansive hook of the initial premise, Veil's blood soaked finale comes off as somewhat pedestrian in comparison. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.2
|
Velvet | 6 issues |
9
|
Velvet #5
May 22, 2014 |
With issue #5, Ed Brubaker has thrown down the gauntlet, thumping his chest and daring anyone to challenge the greatness that is Velvet. His conclusion to the book's first arc is terrific, a confident and exciting finale that offers great hope for the series' future. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.4
|
Velvet #7
Sep 11, 2014 |
In all honesty, Epting may be the best period artist currently working in comics, so fully does he capture the book's time and feel. Double O Awesome. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.8
|
Velvet #8
Nov 6, 2014 |
In terms of pure craftsmanship, few books prove as consistently well-constructed as Velvet. Issue #8 is no exception, Ed Brubaker and Steve Epting delivering yet another expertly plotted read that drags us further into the depths of conspiracy and intrigue. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.4
|
Velvet #11
Aug 13, 2015 |
It's been forever and a day since we last got an issue of Velvet, yet the series returns with such assured spy style that it's like it never left. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.5
|
Velvet #13
Feb 4, 2016 |
Ed Brubaker and Steve Epting waste no time delivering on the tense standoff of last issue, the book's opening sequence one immediately engrossing. That said, with such a huge gap between issues, the feeling of urgency to the read feels all but lost, a feeling that conflicts with the book's ever escalating events. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Velvet #15
Jul 21, 2016 |
As a collected volume Velvet will likely find a new legion of captivated fans, but as a long awaited capper, issue #15 doesn't live up to its magnetic lead. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Venom (2016) | 1 issues |
6
|
Venom (2016) #2
Dec 21, 2016 |
Venom remains a work in progress. Mike Costa has a unique role reversal concept in play, but as of yet there hasn't been enough character work done to make it worth our while. Gerardo Sandoval gets in a few solid spreads, but overall his stiff character work does little to elevate the still developing script. There's potential to be had here, but it's not realized in this issue. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
9.1
|
Vision (2015) | 5 issues |
8.7
|
Vision (2015) #2
Dec 3, 2015 |
To say that The Vision #1 was a surprise success is somewhat of an understatement. That's not to discredit the fine work Tom King and Gabriel Hernandez Walta have put out before, but it's unlikely that anyone expected the debut to be the wonder that it was. Well, that surprise is out of the bag now, as issue #2 is every bit as layered and engaging as what came before. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.9
|
Vision (2015) #3
Jan 7, 2016 |
You can't call this book a sleeper anymore. It's a must read. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.8
|
Vision (2015) #7
May 12, 2016 |
Taking an aside from the book's current plot, writer Tom King uses issue #7 as a retrospective of sorts, combing through the highs and lows of Vision's romantic past. It's a strong, unnerving bit of work, as King is able to use the past as a way of further informing the character's current state in the present. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9.5
|
Vision (2015) #8
Jun 9, 2016 |
This book doesn't just belong on your pull list; it belongs at the top. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9.8
|
Vision (2015) #11
Sep 22, 2016 |
The Vision is too good. We've seen arguably lesser characters made great through strong runs before (hello, Hawkeye), but the work Tom King, Gabriel Hernandez Walta and Jordie Bellaire are doing here is Just. Too. Good. And with only one issue to go before King wraps up his run, we're gifted a doozy of a finale lead-in. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.9
|
We Are Robin | 2 issues |
7.8
|
We Are Robin #2
Jul 23, 2015 |
Writer Lee Bermejo builds off of his promising debut, using issue #2 to further explore the growing band of R-emblazoned scrappers looking to take back their streets. The end result has its fair share of intrigue, from the group's mysterious benefactor to their equally mysterious foil, but it also remains a bit loose in terms of pacing. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
We Are Robin #4
Sep 24, 2015 |
It's a strong issue, one made better by James Harvey's uniquely clustered and slightly retro art. His more free form and eccentric design is a far cry from the angular aggressiveness of past issues and, while not for everyone, it fits this particular chapter well. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.1
|
We Stand On Guard | 4 issues |
7.7
|
We Stand On Guard #1
Jul 2, 2015 |
We Stand On Guard #1 gets a lot right, but it's thin characters make it tough to walk out invested. Vaughan and Skroce have created quite the world with its snow strewn canvas and mechanical dangers, but as of now it's hard to care much for anyone in it. It's not a bad issue by any stretch of the imagination, but as a debut there's just something missing. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.8
|
We Stand On Guard #2
Aug 5, 2015 |
We Stand On Guard is off to a solid start. Issue #2 doesn't quite solve the character problem, but it does do well in fleshing out the oppressive world in which said characters reside. Vaughan places some intriguing pieces with his villainous additions, and Skroce turns up the tension with his impressively detailed pages. Even with some quibbles this is still a series worth reading. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
We Stand On Guard #4
Oct 8, 2015 |
Now past the half way point of its run, We Stand On Guard #4 rumbles to life much like the giant machinery the Two-Four seek to use against their Yankee foes. Unfortunately, no amount of forward momentum or fantastic art can make up for the continuing lack of interest we have in the characters or their plight. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.9
|
We Stand On Guard #5
Nov 5, 2015 |
We Stand On Guard is a baffling book. It's smartly written, gorgeously illustrated and yet, somehow empty. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.4
|
Winter Soldier: The Bitter March | 2 issues |
8.7
|
Winter Soldier: The Bitter March #4
May 29, 2014 |
In the Drain he has a villain truly terrifying, able to use man's worst weapon -- their own doubts and fears -- against them. The Drain is so creepy yet convincing and Remender just straight up unleashes him, his revealed truths more pointed than any weapon. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Winter Soldier: The Bitter March #5
Jul 10, 2014 |
Though some of the moving parts feel a bit too perfectly orchestrated, the finale still offers an exciting and satisfying conclusion, driven by A-plus storytelling and the consistently great art by Roland Boschi. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.6
|
Wolf Moon | 5 issues |
8.2
|
Wolf Moon #1
Dec 4, 2014 |
Faces smush like bad melons, limbs detach with ease and entrails spend a lot more time out then in. At times the book reads like a bad horror movie, in a good way, as extras meet gruesome ends in increasingly creative ways. It's a little needless at times, but it effectively sets the intense, no-holds-barred tone Bunn is clearly going for. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.4
|
Wolf Moon #2
Jan 7, 2015 |
It's still too early to say whether the book's balance of supernatural savagery and real-world horror can be maintained, but as far as monster stories go, this one's off to a great start. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.3
|
Wolf Moon #3
Feb 5, 2015 |
With the history of the wolf now firmly established, Cullen Bunn at last shows the unlucky process in action. The resulting issue allows for an even greater increase in bullets and body parts, in turn forcing Dillon's progression to take a bit of a back seat. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6.6
|
Wolf Moon #4
Mar 5, 2015 |
Over halfway through its run, Wolf Moon has lost some steam. Cullen Bunn continues to mix the murder with the mystery, but there's only so many ways you can have a wolf shake someone like a chew toy before it feels old hat. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.3
|
Wolf Moon #5
Apr 2, 2015 |
Following a bit of a rough patch, Cullen Bunn and Jeremy Haun steer their lupine yarn back on course with a solid and enticing return to form. Whether or not this correction will prove enough remains to be seen, as writer Bunn is forced to cram in a number of narrative wrinkles in setting the stage for his upcoming finale. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.2
|
Wrath of the Eternal Warrior | 10 issues |
8.8
|
Wrath of the Eternal Warrior #1
Nov 19, 2015 |
Wrath of the Eternal Warrior offers plenty of surprises, the key being the book's unique focus. It's a slower debut, but one that ably crafts investment through its strong character play and gorgeous art. There will come a time where Gilad needs to pick up his ax, but for now we're content to follow him as he wanders through the dark. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
Wrath of the Eternal Warrior #2
Dec 17, 2015 |
Valiant has never steered away from the warrior aspect of Gilad Anni-Padda, but with this series it's Robert Venditti's focus on the eternal part of the title that proves most investing. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Wrath of the Eternal Warrior #3
Jan 21, 2016 |
When compared to the first few issues, the latest from Robert Venditti and Ral Alln reads as decidedly lighter. However, this is one example where sheer execution trumps an overall lack of substance, as this action heavy piece still manages to be every bit as engrossing as what's come before. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.7
|
Wrath of the Eternal Warrior #4
Feb 18, 2016 |
With the bulk of the development laid out in past issues, issue #4 is mostly left in Alln's capable hands. He delivers with an action packed, emotionally charged issue that really drives home the prevailing will and purpose Gilad represents. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Wrath of the Eternal Warrior #6
Apr 14, 2016 |
At first glance this transition arc reads as little more than an excuse for Gilad to embrace the warrior part of his name, but in typical Venditti fashion the writer layers the issue's gruesome events with some careful development, teasing references to things past and presumably present. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.4
|
Wrath of the Eternal Warrior #8
Jun 16, 2016 |
Not only does Venditti put Gilad through the physical wringer, killing him in darn near every way imaginable, but he also showcases the toil Gilad's frequent trips through the afterlife puts on both him and his family. It's a lot to process, visually and emotionally, but Raul Allen and Patricia Martin makes it look easy. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
Wrath of the Eternal Warrior #10
Aug 18, 2016 |
When looked at closely enough, Robert Venditti's Labyrinth storyline more or less follows the same beats as the book's opening arc. What proves the difference, and what ultimately makes this story so compelling, is his increased focus in regards to the opposite end of the eternal spectrum. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Wrath of the Eternal Warrior #11
Sep 15, 2016 |
It's still a strong visual chapter, with Robert Gill spearheading the complex character action with his emotive depictions. It's just not all that different from what we've already seen from this series, at least as of yet. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
Wrath of the Eternal Warrior #12
Oct 13, 2016 |
One month after critiquing this title for its sameness, Robert Venditti and Robert Gill flip the script, literally, offering a wonderfully unique new direction that immediately rights a seemingly veering ship. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
Wrath of the Eternal Warrior #14
Dec 15, 2016 |
This series has been as strong or stronger than anything Valiant has put out, and Venditti and Gill's finale proves a fitting capper for an excellent tale. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.8
|
Wytches | 5 issues |
8.5
|
Wytches #1
Sep 16, 2014 |
Wytches #1 proves a great debut, driven by the artistic pairing of Scott Snyder and Jock. The narrative, though rushed, is an intriguing one, Snyder ably balancing the mystery with the menace. The art by Jock is both shocking and enticing, made better by the moody colors provided by Matt Hollingsworth. This is a book you'll want to be reading. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.7
|
Wytches #2
Nov 13, 2014 |
Issues aside, there are plenty of pieces here in issue #2 that show the kind of book Wytches can be. Snyder and Jock are moving in some creepy and surprising directions, and it won't be long till we're all pledged for good. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7.5
|
Wytches #3
Dec 17, 2014 |
Now three issues in, Wytches continues to move in fits and starts, the book's informal structure proving both a boon and a hindrance. We already know quite a bit given the quick advancements of plot, but given that we don't know really what any of said information truly means, that knowledge remains equal parts maddening and intriguing. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Wytches #5
Mar 26, 2015 |
The artist again manages to make even the most mundane moments unnerving, his paneling aggressive and eye catching. At times that same inventive eye makes for some confusing segues, but all in all his contribution remains as eerie as ever. Unfortunately, the same can't quite be said of colorist Matt Hollingsworth. The book's unique palette is again divisive, his use of splotches and splatters at times hindering the visual flow. Some panels are tough to discern with so many conflicting blends, and while at times that effect aids in crafting mood, at others it's just frustratingly muddied. If you're liking Wytches already this issue is sure to tickle your fancy, but if you're on the fence, it may not be enough to push you over. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8.5
|
Wytches #6
May 21, 2015 |
While overall Wytches doesn't leave us with much to go on going forward, its first arc comes off as a pledge fulfilled. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.4
|
X-Men '92 | 2 issues |
7.8
|
X-Men '92 #1
Jun 25, 2015 |
X-Men '92 is an entertaining read, especially for those already familiar with the classic characters. Sims and Bowers hit all the appropriate notes, their script loaded with source callbacks. That same focus on recreating the tone hinders the book's overall pacing some, but Koblish's loaded art helps carry it through till the end. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
X-Men '92 #2
Jul 30, 2015 |
If you're looking for a fun ride down memory lane that actually packs some punch, this series is an easy sell. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.4
|
X-O Manowar (2017) | 1 issues |
8.4
|
X-O Manowar (2017) #3
May 25, 2017 |
It's too early to say for sure, but it looks like Valiant may have struck gold with another reinvention of a fan-favorite character. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |